UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended July 31, 2018

2020
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From to

Commission file number:001-35319

Steel Connect, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware04-2921333

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


2000 Midway Ln
Smyrna, TN


37167

1601 Trapelo Road, Suite 170

Waltham, Massachusetts

02451
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

(781)663-5001

663-5000

(Registrant’sRegistrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:Each Class:Trading Symbol(s)Name of each exchangeEach Exchange on which registered:Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par valueSTCNThe NASDAQNasdaq Global Select
Rights to Purchase Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock Market LLC--Nasdaq Global Select

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐




Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to this Form10-K.    ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large"large accelerated filer,” “accelerated" "accelerated filer,” “smaller" "smaller reporting company”company" and “emerging"emerging growth company”company" in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ☐Accelerated filer  ☒
Non-accelerated filerNon-accelerated filer  ☐Smaller reporting company  ☐
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’sRegistrant's common stock held bynon-affiliates of the Registrant computed with reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’sRegistrant's most recently completed secondsecond fiscal quarter was $81,962,522.$51.9 million.

On November 1, 2018,2020, the Registrant had 60,611,082 62,793,969 outstanding shares of common stock, $0.01 par value.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.


Portions
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The purpose of this Amendment No. 1 (the "Amendment") to the registrant’sAnnual Report on Form 10-K of Steel Connect, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended July 31, 2020 ("Fiscal 2020"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on September 30, 2020 (the "Original Form 10-K"), is to include the information required by Part III, Items 10 through 14. This information was previously omitted from the Original Form 10-K in reliance on General Instruction G to Form 10-K, which provides that registrants may incorporate by reference certain information from a definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholdersprepared in connection with the Company’s 2018 Annual Meetingelection of Stockholders are incorporateddirectors and filed no later than 120 days after an issuer's fiscal year end. The Company has determined to include such Part III information by amendment of the Original Form 10-K rather than incorporation by reference intoto a proxy statement. Accordingly, Part III of this Annual Report onthe Original Form 10-K where indicated.

is hereby amended and restated as set forth below.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM10-K

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 2018

STEEL CONNECT, INC.

Item

     

Page

 
 PART I  

1.

 

Business

   1 

1A.

 

Risk Factors

   7 

1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   19 

2.

 

Properties

   19 

3.

 

Legal Proceedings

   20 

4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

   20 
 PART II  

5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   21 

6.

 

Selected Financial Data

   23 

7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   24 

7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   46 

8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   48 

9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   96 

9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

   96 

9B.

 

Other Information

   100 
 PART III  

10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   100 

11.

 

Executive Compensation

   100 

12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   100 

13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   101 

14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   101 
 PART IV  

15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   102 


This Annual Report on Form10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E ofIn addition, in accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and Section 27A(the "Exchange Act"), Item 15 of Part IV of the SecuritiesOriginal Form 10-K is hereby amended to include as Exhibits 31.3 and 31.4 the certifications required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 1933,2002.

Except as amended. For this purpose,described above, no other changes have been made to the Original Form 10-K. This Amendment does not affect any statements contained herein that are not statementsother section of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects”Original Form 10-K and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1A of this report, “Risk Factors”, and elsewhere in this report. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis, judgment, belief or expectation onlyspeaks as of the filing date hereof. We do not undertake any obligation to updateof the Original Form 10‑K. Among other things, forward-looking statements whethermade in the Original Form 10-K have not been revised to reflect events that occurred or facts that became known to us after the filing of the Original Form 10-K, and such forward-looking statements should be read in their historical context. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Company's other filings made with the SEC subsequent to the filing of the Original Form 10-K.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

ItemPage





PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information about our Directors
Set forth below are the names and ages of the directors and executive officers of the Company and their principal occupations at present and for the past five years. Our Board of Directors (the "Board") currently has seven members and is divided into three classes, with a class of directors elected each year for a three-year term. No family relationships exist between any directors or executive officers, as a resultsuch term is defined in Item 401 of new information, future events or otherwise.

PART I

ITEM 1.—BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Steel Connect, Inc. (“Steel Connect” or the “Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries, operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, ModusLink Corporation and ModusLink PTS, Inc. (together “ModusLink” or “Supply Chain”), and IWCO Direct Holdings, Inc. (“IWCO Direct” or “IWCO”). The Company was formerly known as ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. until it changed its name to Steel Connect, Inc. effective February 27, 2018.

ModusLink is a leader in global supply chain business process management serving clients in markets such as consumer electronics, communications, computing, medical devices, software, and retail. ModusLink designs and executes critical elements in its clients’ global supply chains to improve speed to market, product customization, flexibility, cost, quality and service. These benefits are delivered through a combination of industry expertise, innovative service solutions, and integrated operations, proven business processes, expansive global footprint and world-class technology. The Company also produces and licenses an entitlement management solution powered by its enterprise-class Poetic software, which offers a complete solution for activation, provisioning, entitlement subscription and data collection from physical goods (connected products) and digital products.

ModusLink has an integrated network of strategically located facilities with 20 sites operating in 21 languages in various countries, including numerous sites throughout North America, Europe and Asia. The Company previously operatedRegulation S-K promulgated under the names ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., CMGI, Inc. and CMG Information Services, Inc. and was incorporated in Delaware in 1986. The Company’s address is 1601 Trapelo Road, Suite 170, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451.

Exchange Act.

Name
Age+
Current Position with the CompanyDirector Since
Warren G. Lichtenstein55Class I Director, Executive Chairman, Interim Chief Executive OfficerMarch 2013
Glen M. Kassan77Class I Director, Vice ChairmanMarch 2013
Jack L. Howard59Class II DirectorDecember 2017
*Maria U. Molland(1)(3)
46Class II DirectorDecember 2019
*Jeffrey J. Fenton(1)(2)
63Class III DirectorNovember 2010
*Jeffrey S. Wald(2)(3)
46Class III DirectorFebruary 2012
*Renata Simril(2)
52Class III DirectorOctober 2020
IWCO Direct delivers highly-effective data-driven marketing solutions for its customers, which represent some of the largest and most respected brands in the world. Its full range of services includes strategy, creative and execution for omnichannel marketing campaigns, along with one of the industry’s most sophisticated postal logistics programs for direct mail. Through its Mail-Gard+® division, IWCO Direct also offers business continuity and disaster recovery services to protect against unexpected business interruptions, along with providing print and mail outsourcing services. IWCO Direct was named the largest direct mail production provider in North America, with the largest platform of continuous digital print technology and a growing direct marketing agency service. Their solutions enable customers to improve Customer Lifetime Value (CLV), which in turn, has led to and longer customer relationships.

IWCO has administrative offices in Chanhassen, MN. and has three facilities in Chanhassen, MN., one facility in Little Falls, MN., one facility in Warminster, PA. and two facilities in Hamburg PA.

Historically, the Company has financed its operations and met its capital requirements primarily through funds generated from operations, the sale of our securities and borrowings from lending institutions. As of July 31, 2018,November 19, 2020.

*Independent
(1) Member of Organization and Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee").
(2) Member of Audit Committee.
(3) Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the "Governance Committee").
As used below, the Company had available cash and cash equivalentsterm "2020 Annual Meeting of $92.1 million. At July 31, 2018, IWCO had a readily available borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility of $25.0 million. Per the Financing Agreement with Cerberus Business Finance, LLC (the “Financing Agreement”), IWCO is permitted to make distributionsStockholders" refers to the Parent, Steel Connect, Inc., an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year and pay reasonable documented expenses incurred by the Parent. The Parent is entitled to receive additional cash remittances under a “U.S. Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement.” The Company believes it will generate sufficient cash to meet its debt covenants under the Credit Agreement with PNC Bank (the “Credit Agreement”) and the Financing Agreement to which certainannual meeting of its subsidiaries are a party, to repay or restructure its 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”), and that it will be able to obtain cash through its current credit facilities and through securitization of certain trade receivables. The Company believes that it has adequate cash and available resources to meet its obligations for one year from the date of this filing.

Services

The Supply Chain business operation’s revenue primarily comes from the sale of Adaptive Supply Chain Services to its clients. Among ModusLink’s core supply chain services are fulfillment, digital commerce, packaging, kitting & assembly, reverse

logistics and supply chain infrastructure for small companies. In addition, ModusLink is a Microsoft Authorized Replicator, further enhancing its position as a valued supply chain services provider to leading technology hardware original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).

The Supply Chain business operation’s core services include:

Packaging, Kitting & Assembly—These services center on developing and executing a strategy that has product configuration and packaging done at the optimal time, and from the greatest strategic benefit. With sites located in the Americas, the Asia-Pacific region or Europe, ModusLink affords manufacturersjust-in-time flexibility. Options with this service include the ability to postpone product/order configuration until the order fulfillment stage, using the facilities closest to a client’s customers. In addition, ModusLink light manufacturing services cover the final assembly of components and parts into finished goods, includingbuild-to-order customization. ModusLink also offers additional value-added processes such as product testing, RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tagging, product or service activation, language settings, personalization and engraving and multi-channel packaging and packaging design.

Fulfillment—ModusLink Fulfillment Services are highly integrated and supported by abest-of-breed technology infrastructure to enable clients to quickly increase efficiency and reduce costs. It has deep experience and is exceptionally skilled at handling the fulfillment requirements of multiple channels, be they manufacturing sites, distribution centers, retail operations or individual consumers dispersed across the globe. ModusLink is equally strong in adapting to the needs of retail/B2B or B2C product movement aspects of bringing product to market, including order management, pick, pack and ship, retail compliance and demand planning services are integral components of ModusLink Fulfillment Services. In addition, ModusLink can help optimize component and finished goods inventory levels for better efficiency and cost savings. Clients also look to ModusLink for the physical programming of digital content – such as software, firmware, upgrades or promotional material – onto numerous types of flash media, including SD and MicroSD cards, USB drives, navigation systems, smartphones and tablets. This programming includes content protection and activation options as well as full IP security. Asdirect-to-consumer volumes increase, ModusLink is able to provide a customer experience that can further enhance a brand’s relationship with consumers.

Digital Commerce— At the heart of ModusLink’s Digital Commerce Services is ModusLink’s cloud-basede-commerce platform. It removes the complexities and risk of a global web store, optimizing each stage of the online buying experience so that products can be quickly and easily purchased, serviced and delivered anywhere in the world. Thisend-to-end approach is fully integrated with global payment, CRM and fulfillment systems, helping clients to quickly and easily expand into a new region and country. In addition, if a client needs help in managing and optimizing its commerce solution once established, ModusLink can support that too. By leveraging ModusLink’se-commerce partnerships with Intershop and Shopify, clients can better meet revenue goals, drive growth and build their brands around the globe. Integration with either partner provides clients with a single, comprehensive view of their customers at every stage of their relationships. ModusLink can also manage the installation, integration and all technical operations for an online store, so a client can dedicate time and resources to its core business. By being able to adapt to their digital commerce and supply chain needs, ModusLink can help clients reach new markets, optimize order processing and customer service, reduce costs and increase margins and flexibility — without having to invest in their own infrastructure and personnel.

Reverse Logistics—ModusLink Reverse Logistics Services simplifies the returns process for retailers and manufacturers that want to improve service parts management and the value of returned assets. ModusLink manages theend-to-end process, including receipt, RMA, sorting, triage, credit processing and ultimate disposition of the returned product. Its approach to reverse logistics employs a modular global system that combines existing and new supply chain solutions, so clients can gain actionable insight into their reverse supply chains, which leads to reduced costs and increased customer service and satisfaction levels. ModusLink’s integrated supply chain infrastructure, technology and operating expertise combine to afford a highly streamlined reverse logistics management operation, one that eliminates costly handoffs and decreases inventory processing time, leading to an increase in value recovery.

Supply Chain Infrastructure for Small Companies—These Adaptive Supply Chain Services center on helping small companies with big ambitions grow and expand their geographic reach. The entry point is ModusLink’s EZ Connect™ service, which provides essential fulfillment capabilities for emerging growth companies without the expensive surprises typically associated with third-party fulfillment services for young, growing companies. Key to that is ModusLink’s transparent pricing, which consists of the average monthly customer order rate + pick-pack-ship activities—with all packaging and related consumables and logo-marked packing lists included – + flat-rate1-2-day shipping to 99.9% of the continental United States. In addition, EZ Connect gives clients a complete view of into each part of the process with real-time, substantive online reports generated by powerful monitoring, management and analytical tools like Power

BI, SAP and Salesforce. Visibility is offered into orders, inventory, shipments and tracking. Since EZ Connect is powered by ModusLink, as clients of this service grow, ModusLink can scale its services as rapidly as needed, systemically and geographically.

The Supply Chain business solutions seamlessly integrate with other supply chain service providers such as contract manufacturing companies and transportation providers.

The Direct Marketing operation’s revenue primarily comes from fully integrated,end-to-end production execution services for complex, data-driven direct marketing programs.Print-to-mail recovery services are provided by the Company’s Mail-Gard division which also provides production overflow services for its clients. In addition, the Company’s omnichannel practice helps clients combine physical mail with web, email, social, and mobile to maximize return on marketing investment (ROMI).

The Direct Marketing operation’s core solutions include:end-to-end services for paper-based direct marketing and omnichannel marketing campaigns. These solutions include strategy, data and analytics, response analysis, creative services, lithographic and digital printing, envelope printing and converting, component manufacturing, promotional cards (manufacturing, personalization and affixing), data processing and hygiene, content and asset management, personalization, lettershop and bindery, and postal optimization, including comprehensive commingling and logistics management.

Operating Segments

The Company has five operating segments: Americas; Asia; Europe; Direct Marketing; ande-Business. Direct Marketing is a new operating segment which represents IWCO. Based on the information provided to the Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance and quantitative thresholds, the Company has determined that it has five reportable segments: Americas, Asia, Europe, Direct Marketing ande-Business. In the past the All Other category has completely been comprised of thee-Business operating segment. The Company also has Corporate-level activity, which consists primarily of costs associated with certain corporate administrative functions such as legal, finance, share-based compensation, acquisition costs and certain strategic costs which are not allocated to the Company’s reportable segments. The Corporate-level balance sheet information includes cash and cash equivalents, Notes payables and other assets and liabilities which are not identifiable to the operations of the Company’s operating segments. Certain reportable segment information, including revenue, profit and asset information, is set forth in Note 20 of the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 below and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 below.

Technology Infrastructure

ModusLink’s information technology systems and infrastructure serve as the backbone of a client’s fully integrated global supply chain services and manages the flow and use of physical assets and information. ModusLink offers a secure and redundant operating environment to ensure the integrity and privacy of its clients’ data. ModusLink works with clients to integrate data, tools and applications to deliver an optimized solution that meets its clients’ business needs and improves management of the global supply chain. ModusLink’s Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system is designed to provide the visibility and control needed for better decision making, rapid response to global market dynamics and effective asset utilization across services and geographies. ModusLink has recently completed an ERP upgrade that further improves its data collection and reporting tools and systems across its geographic footprint.

IWCO has dual redundant data centers located in our Minnesota and Pennsylvania locations. These data centers have been architected to provide full resiliency and security to enable our optimal and always on computing resources to support IWCO’s enterprise business applications and complex data processing required by our customers. IWCO’s information security practice is a leader in the industry and is audited and certified annually againstISO-27001, HiTrust, PCI and HIPAA controls and standards. IWCO has fully integrated and enterprise class business systems including an industry specific ERP that has been customized to support IWCO’s unique business flows. These business systems provideend-to-end tracking and visibility to both front end business support functions as well as to our entire manufacturing operation.

Facilities

ModusLink’s global footprint consists of an integrated network of strategically located facilities, including sites throughout North America, Europe and Asia. ModusLink’s regionally optimized and highly scalable services centers are designed to provide the adaptability to manage supply chain requirements, deliver and configure productsin-region, close to the point of consumption

or close to the point of manufacturing inlow-cost regions, such as Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe and Mexico for maximum efficiency and cost-effectiveness. Investments in automation and Lean methodologies have enhanced ModusLink’s overall value proposition to its clients, enabling quicker response times, more efficient service levels and improved customer satisfaction.

IWCO Direct has more than 1.2 million square feet of production, office and warehouse space at our strategically located facilities in Minnesota and Pennsylvania. Investments in Lean methodologies have enhanced the IWCO’s overall value proposition to its clients, enabling fasterspeed-to-market production cycles, more efficient service levels, and improved product quality. IWCO Direct’s national footprint includes:

Corporate headquarters located in Chanhassen, MN.

Offices located in Chanhassen and Little Falls, MN, and Hamburg and Warminster, PA.

Production and mailing facilities located in Chanhassen and Little Falls, MN, and Hamburg and Warminster, PA.

Recovery services facilities located in Warminster, PA and Hamburg, PA.

Regional sales offices in Detroit metro, MI; Fort Worth, TX; Hamburg, PA; Los Angeles metro, CA; Minneapolis metro, MN; Naples, FL; New York City metro, NY; Philadelphia metro, PA; Richmond, VA; and St. Louis, MO.

Sales and Marketing

ModusLink’s sales and marketing staff is strategically and globally aligned to support the development, marketing and sale of its Adaptive Supply Chain Services and solutions worldwide. ModusLink’s marketing efforts key on engaging with its target base so as to inform and persuade them of the benefits of its Adaptive Supply Chain Services and convert them into ModusLink clients; and, once being served by ModusLink, to see the value to drawing on more of its capabilities. The approach is to focus on those prospects whose business profile, situation and supply chain needs best map to what ModusLink can offer in terms of supply chain services and what it needs for therestockholders to be awin-win partnership with a potential client. The vertical markets/market segments which will be emphasized include technology components (i.e.: semiconductors), computing (systems, storage, software) communications products (wireless devices), consumer electronics (A/V products, smart home electronics and systems, wearables), small home appliances, selected consumer packaged goods categories (long-shelf-life consumables, cosmetics/health & beauty aids), health/healthcare (vitamins/supplements, medical devices, medical supplies), luxury goods, selected apparel categories, industrial and aerospace parts. ModusLink sells its services and solutions on a global scale, through a direct sales channel. ModusLink’s strategically aligned, global sales staff identifies new opportunities and cultivates leads throughout North America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. ModusLink’s sales staff is focused on winning new programs with existing clients, while developing new relationships to further diversify its client base.

Because of IWCO Direct’s scale, sales executives are largely focused on specific industry verticals, leveraging industry expertise to drive clients’ marketing results through improved response rates, automation, and reduced postage spend. Smaller competitors’ sales executives are often generalists, not vertical specialists. The majority of the sales force has been with IWCO Direct for at least 10 years; many have more than 20 years’ experience in the industry and are expected to maintain a robust pipeline. IWCO Direct markets its services and solutions through its website, media relations, trade publications and conferences, and has developed collateral materials, case studies, and other sales tools to support these efforts. The Company sells its direct marketing and omnichannel services and solutions through a direct sales channel.

Competition

The market for the supply chain management service offerings provided by ModusLink is highly competitive. As a provider with service offerings covering a range of supply chain operations and activities across the globe, ModusLink competes with different companies depending on the type of service it is providing or the geographic area in which an activity is taking place. ModusLink faces competition from Electronics Manufacturing Services/Contract Manufacturers (EMS/CM), third party logistics (3PL) providers, Supply Chain Management (SCM) companies, and regional specialty companies. For certain digital commerce services, ModusLink’s competition includes global outsource providers, software as service (SaaS) providers, technology providers and computer software providers offering content and document management solutions. As a provider of an outsourcing solution, ModusLink’s competition also includes current and prospective clients, who evaluate ModusLink’s capabilities in light of their own capabilities and cost structures.

The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its market are quality and range of solutions and services, technological capabilities, costs, location of facilities, responsiveness, and adaptability. With ModusLink’s set of supply chain

services, global footprint, strong client service acumen, and its integrated global supply chain digital commerce services, the Company believes that it is well positioned to compete in each of the markets it serves, while expanding across various industry subsets.

The market for the range of services offered by IWCO Direct is highly competitive and fragmented. IWCO Direct’s scope and scale ofend-to-end services provides a competitive advantage by being able to focus on efficiency while making the end product more effective in driving response for clients. While the ability to offer a more effective marketing product is highly valued, we must continue to provide it a competitive price and aggressively manage our cost structure to maintain our client roster and attract new business.

Competitors for our print/mail products and services include printers, envelope manufacturers, and commercial lettershops (i.e. mail service providers). Competitors for our Marketing Services practice include internal and external agencies and data and analytics companies.

Clients

A limited number of clients account for a significant percentage of the Company’s consolidated net revenue. Forheld after the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016,2020, the Company’s 10 largest clients accounted for approximately 44%, 70% and 71%term "2021 Annual Meeting of consolidated net revenue, respectively. No clients accounted for more than 10%Stockholders" refers to the annual meeting of the Company’s consolidated net revenue forstockholders to be held after the fiscal year endedending July 31, 2018. In general,2021 ("Fiscal 2021") and the Company does not have any agreements which obligate any clientterm "2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders" refers to buy a minimum amountthe annual meeting of services from the Company, or which designate the Company as its sole supplier of any particular services. The loss of a significant amount of business or program with any key client could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company believes that it will continue to derive the vast majority of its consolidated operating revenue from sales to a small number of clients. There can be no assurance that revenue from key clients will not decline in future periods.

The Company sells its services to its clients primarily on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to contracts with minimum purchase requirements. Consequently, sales are subject to demand variability by such clients. The Company purchases and maintains adequate levels of inventory in order to meet client needs rapidly and on a timely basis. The Company has no guaranteed price, quantity or delivery agreements with its suppliers other than the purchase obligations noted in Note 11 of the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 below. Because of the diversity of its services, as well as the wide geographic dispersion of its facilities, the Company uses numerous sources for the wide variety of raw materials needed for its operations. The Company is not and does not expectstockholders to be adversely affected by an inability to obtain materials.

IWCO Direct’s services include (a) development of direct mail and omnichannel marketing strategies (b) creative services to design direct mail, email, and online marketing (c) printing and compiling of direct mail pieces into envelopes ready for mailing (d) commingling services to sort mail produced for various customers, by destination to achieve optimized postal savings (e) and business continuity and disaster recovery services for critical communications to protect against unexpected business interruptions. The major markets served by IWCO Direct include financial services, Multiple-System Operations (“MSO”) (cable or direct-broadcast satellite TV systems), insurance and to a lesser extent subscription/services, healthcare, travel/hospitality and other. Direct mail is a critical piece of marketing for most of its current customers who use direct mail to acquire new customers. Management believes that direct mail will remain an important part of its customer’s budgets for the foreseeable future, based on its proven ability to enhance results when used as part of an omnichannel marketing strategy.

International Operations

The Company currently conducts business in many countries including China, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Ireland, and Singapore, among others, in addition to its North America operations. IWCO does not currently have international operations. During the year ended July 31, 2018, revenues from our foreign operating segments accounted for approximately 41.2% of total revenues. Refer to Note 20 of the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 below.

The Company’s international operations increase its exposure to U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, and labor practices, which are often complex and subject to variation and unexpected changes, and with which the Company must comply. A substantial portion of our international business is conducted in China, where we face (i) the challenge of navigating a complex set of licensing and tax requirements and restrictions affecting the conduct of business in China by foreign companies, (ii) potential limitations on the repatriation of cash, (iii) foreign currency fluctuation and (iv) evolving tax laws.

Seasonality

The demand of our Supply Chain clients’ products is subject to seasonal consumer buying patterns. As a result, the services we provide to our clients are also subject to seasonality, with higher revenue and operating income typically being realized from handling our clients’ products during the first half of our fiscal year, which includes the holiday selling season. IWCO Direct’s business is not typically subject to seasonal buying patterns.

Intellectual Property

The Company relies upon a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property. From time to time, we develop new trade secrets and other intellectual property or obtain intellectual property through acquisition activities. Our business is not substantially dependent on any single or group of patents, trademarks, copyrights or licenses.

Employees

ModusLink:

At July 31, 2018, ModusLink employed approximately 1,525 persons on a full-time basis, 263 in the Americas, 805 in Asia and 457 in Europe. Our subsidiaries in Mexico are parties to several collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 41 employees. Our subsidiary in France is party to collective bargaining agreements covering its employees. Approximately 13 of the employees of our Ireland operation are members of labor unions. As of August 2018, approximately 99 of the employees at one of our China operations are members of labor unions. We consider our employee relations to be good. From time to time we hire project-based, temporary workers based on our client needs and seasonality of our business, and at times the number of these workers may approximate the number of our full-time employees.

IWCO:

At July 31, 2018, IWCO Direct employed approximately 2,399 full-time,non-union persons in the U.S. We consider our employee relations to be good. We utilize atemp-to-hire arrangement as needed for direct labor.

Our Corporate Information

We make our annual reports on Form10-K, quarterly reports on Form10-Q, current reports on Form8-K and amendments to those reports available through our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicableheld after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our internet address is http://www.moduslink.com. The contents of our website are not part of this annual report on Form10-K, and our internet address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only.

ITEM 1A.—RISK FACTORS

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements in this document and those we make from time to time through our senior management are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements concerning the expected future revenue or earnings or concerning projected plans, performance, or development of products and services, as well as other estimates related to future operations are necessarily only estimates of future results. We cannot assure you that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Forward-looking statements represent our current expectations and are inherently uncertain. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from results anticipated in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue and or profits from a small number of clients and adverse industry trends or the loss of one or more of any of those clients could significantly damage our business.

The Supply Chain business derives a substantial portion of our revenue by providing supply chain management services to a small number of clients. Our business and future growth will continue to depend in large part on the industry trend towards outsourcing supply chain management and other business processes. If this trend does not continue or declines, demand for our supply chain management services will decline and our financial results could suffer. With the acquisition of IWCO Direct and its subsidiaries on December 15, 2017 (the “IWCO Acquisition”), our reliance on a small number of clients has been partially mitigated on a consolidated basis.

In addition, the loss of a significant amount of business or program with any key client could cause our revenue and or profits to decline and our financial results could suffer.

For the fiscal year endedending July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016,2022.

Class I Directors Continuing in Office until the Company’s 10 largest clients accounted for approximately 44%, 70% and 71%2021 Annual Meeting of consolidated net revenue, respectively. No clients accounted for more than 10%Stockholders
Warren G. Lichtenstein. Mr. Lichtenstein has served as the Chairman of the Company’s consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018. The Supply Chain business is expected to continue to derive the vast majority of our consolidated net revenueBoard and or profits from sales to a small number of key clients. In general, we do not have any agreements which obligate any client to buy a minimum amount of services from us, or to designate us as its sole supplier of any particular services. The loss of business with any key clients, or a decision by any one of our key clients to significantly change or reduce the services we provide, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, demand for our clients’ products is subject to ever-changing consumer tastes and depends on our client nimbleness in responding to these shifts by introducing improved and/or new products. If any of our key clients fail to respond successfully to market shifts, we would be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that our revenue and or profits from key clients will not decline in future periods.

We may have difficulty achieving and sustaining operating profitability, and if we deplete our working capital balances, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, we reported operating losses of $8.3 million and $19.8 million, respectively. Although we have increased our revenues and reduced our operating losses, and reduced our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues, we anticipate that we may continue to incur significant fixed operating expenses in the future, including both cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses. Therefore, since our revenue is subject to fluctuations, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain operating income in the future. We may also use significant amounts of cash in an effort to increase the efficiency and profitability of our business. At July 31, 2018, we had consolidated cash and cash equivalents of approximately $92.1 million and current liabilities of approximately $290.6 million. If we are unable to achieve or sustain operating profitability, we risk depleting our working capital balances and our business will be materially adversely affected.

Because our contracts do not contain minimum purchase requirements and we sell primarily on a purchase order basis, we are subject to uncertainties and variability in demand by clients, which could decrease revenue and materially adversely affect our financial results.

Our contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase requirements and we sell primarily on a purchase order basis. Therefore, our sales are subject to demand variability by our clients, which is difficult to predict, has fluctuated historically and may continue to fluctuate, sometimes materially from year to year and even from quarter to quarter. The level and timing of orders placed by these clients vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying byend-users for the Supply Chain business,

individual client strategies, the introduction of new technologies, the desire of our clients to reduce their exposure to any single supplier and general economic conditions. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demands of our clients, we may lose clients because we have an inadequate supply of their products or insufficient capacity in our sites, or in the alternative, we may have excess inventory or excess capacity, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.

Disruption in the economy and financial markets could have a negative effect on our business.

The global economy and financial markets had experienced extreme disruption during the last several years, including, among other things, extreme volatility in securities prices and liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. The businesses of our clients, and in turn our business, is highly dependent on consumer demand, which may been affected by an economic downturn, the volatility in securities prices and is highly uncertain. Governments have taken unprecedented actions intended to address these market conditions. However, there can be no assurance that there will not be deterioration in financial markets and confidence in major economies, which could then lead to challenges in the operation of our business. These economic developments affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways. The tightening of credit in financial markets adversely affects the ability of clients and suppliers to obtain financing for significant purchases and operations and could result in a decrease in orders and spending for our products and services. We are unable to predict the likelihood, duration and severity of disruptions in financial markets and adverse economic conditions and the effects they may have on our business and financial condition.

A decline in the technology and consumer products sectors or a reduction in consumer demand generally could have a material adverse effect on our Supply Chain business.

A large portion of our revenue comes from clients in the technology and consumer products sectors, which is intensely competitive, very volatile and subject to rapid changes. Declines in the overall performance of the technology and consumer products sectors have in the past and could in the future adversely affect the demand for supply chain management services and reduce our revenue and profitability from these clients. In addition, industry changes, such as the transition of more collateral materials from physical form to digital form, and the convergence of functionality of smart phones, could lessen the demand for certain of our services or devices we currently handle. To the extent recent uncertainty in the economy or other factors result in decreased consumer demand for our clients’ products, we may experience a reduction in volumes of client products that we handle, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly.

The Supply Chain business operating results have fluctuated widely on a quarterly basis during the last several years. We expect that we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results. Many factors, some of which are beyond our control, have contributed to these quarterly fluctuations in the past and may continue to contribute to fluctuations. Therefore, operating results for future periods are difficult to predict, and prior results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods. These factors include:

how well we execute on our strategy and operating plans;

implementation of our strategic initiatives and achievement of expected results of these initiatives;

demand for our services;

consumer confidence and demand;

specific economic conditions in the industries in which we compete;

general economic and financial market conditions;

timing of new product introductions or software releases by our clients or their competitors;

payment of costs associated with our acquisitions, sales of assets and investments;

market acceptance of new products and services;

seasonality;

temporary shortages in supply from vendors;

charges for impairment of long-lived assets, including restructuring in future periods;

political instability including changes in tariff laws or natural disasters in the countries in which we operate;

actual events, circumstances, outcomes, and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions, and estimates reflected in our accompanying consolidated financial statements;

changes in accounting rules;

changes in tax rules and regulations;

changes in labor laws;

availability of temporary labor and the variability of available rates for the temporary labor;

unionization of our labor and contract labor; and

implementation of automation.

We believe thatperiod-to-period comparisons of our results of operations will not necessarily be meaningful or indicative of our future performance. In some fiscal quarters our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We must maintain adequate levels of inventory in order to meet client needs, which present risks to our financial position and operating results.

We must purchase and maintain adequate levels of inventory (including adequate levels of paper inventory used by IWCO) in order to meet client needs rapidly and on a timely basis. The markets, including the technology sector served by many of our clients, are subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements, and evolving industry standards. These changes may cause inventory on hand to decline substantially in value or to rapidly become obsolete. The majority of our clients in the Supply Chain business offer protection from the loss in value of inventory. However, our clients may become unable or unwilling to fulfill their protection obligations and the inability of our clients to fulfill their protection obligations could lower our gross margins and cause us to record inventory write-downs. If we are unable to manage the inventory on hand with our clients with a high degree of precision, we may have insufficient product supplies or we may have excess inventory, resulting in inventory write-downs, which may harm our business, financial position and operating results.

Our ability to obtain particular products or components in the quantities required to fulfill client orders on a timely basis is critical to our success. We have no guaranteed price or delivery agreements with our suppliers. We may occasionally experience a supply shortage of some products as a result of strong demand or problems experienced by our suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of those products may increase, or the products may not be available at all. Accordingly, an inability to secure and maintain an adequate supply of products, packaging materials or components to fulfill our client orders on a timely basis, or a failure to meet clients’ expectations could result in lost revenue, lower client satisfaction, negative perceptions in the marketplace, potential claims for damages and have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we are not able to establish or maintain sites where requested, or if we fail to retain key clients at established sites, our client relationships, revenue and expenses could be seriously harmed.

The Supply Chain business clients have, at times, requested that we add capacity or open a facility in locations near their sites. If we do not elect to add required capacity at sites near existing clients, maintain sites or establish sites near existing or potential clients, clients may decide to seek other service providers. In addition, if we lose a significant client of a particular site or open or expand a site with the expectation of business that does not materialize, operations at that site could become unprofitable or significantly less efficient and we may need to incur restructuring costs. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.

We may encounter problems in our efforts to increase operational efficiencies.

We continue to seek to identify ways to increase efficiencies and productivity and effect cost savings. In addition to already undertaken projects designed to increase our operational efficiencies, including the standardization to a global solutions platform through an integrated ERP system, the opening of new solution centers in low cost areas to expand client offerings and to effect cost savings and the implementation of a model utilizing centralized “hub” locations to service multiple “spoke” locations across the Americas, Asia and Europe regions, our new executive team is continuing its review across the organization designed to improve our operations, including a commitment to automate certain facilities. IWCO is continually employing programs to

achieve efficiencies which includes investment in capital equipment. We cannot assure you that these projects and investment in capital will result in the realization of the expected benefits that we anticipate in a timely manner or at all. We may encounter problems with these projects that will divert the attention of management and/or result in additional costs and unforeseen project delays. If we, or these projects do not achieve expected results, our business, financial position and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

The Supply Chain business is subject to risks of operating internationally.

We maintain significant operations outside of the United States, and we may expand these operations. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to manage these international operations. These international operations require significant management attention, financial resources and are subject to numerous and varied regulations worldwide, some of which may have an adverse effect on our ability to develop or maintain our international operations in accordance with our business plans or on a timely basis.

We currently conduct business in many countries including China, Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Ireland, and Singapore, among others, in addition to our United States operations. During the year ended July 31, 2018, revenues from our foreign operating segments accounted for approximately 41.2% of total revenues. A portion of our international revenue, cost of revenue and operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our operating results. There is also additional risk if the foreign currency is not freely traded. Some currencies, such as the Chinese Renminbi, are subject to limitations on conversion into other currencies, which can limit or delay our ability to repatriate funds or engage in hedging activities. While we may enter into forward currency exchange contracts to manage a portion of our exposure to foreign currencies, future exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

There are other risks inherent in conducting international operations, including:

added fulfillment complexities in operations, including multiple languages, currencies, bills of materials and stock keeping units;

the complexity of ensuring compliance with multiple U.S. and foreign laws, particularly differing laws on intellectual property rights, export control, taxation and duties; and

labor practices, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, political and social instability, health crises or similar issues, and potentially adverse tax consequences.

In addition, a substantial portion of our business is conducted in China, where we face additional risks, including the following:

the challenge of navigating a complex set of licensing and tax requirements and restrictions affecting the conduct of business in China by foreign companies;

difficulties and limitations on the repatriation of cash;

currency fluctuation and exchange rate risks;

protection of intellectual property, both for us and our clients;

evolving regulatory systems and standards, including recent tax law and labor law changes;

difficulty retaining management personnel and skilled employees; and

expiration of tax holidays.

Our international operations increase our exposure to international laws and regulations. Noncompliance with foreign laws and regulations, which are often complex and subject to variation and unexpected changes, could result in unexpected costs and potential litigation. For example, the governments of foreign countries might attempt to regulate our products and services or levy sales or other taxes relating to our activities; foreign countries may impose tariffs, duties, price controls or other restrictions on foreign currencies or trade barriers; or a governmental authority could make an unfavorable determination regarding our operations, any of which could make it more difficult to conduct our business and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

If we are unable to manage these risks, we may face significant liability, our international sales may decline and our business, operating and financial results may be adversely affected.

The Supply Chain business may be affected by strikes, work stoppages and slowdowns by our employees.

Some of our international employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by works councils or labor unions. We believe our relations with our employees are generally good; however, we may experience strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns by employees. A strike, work stoppage or slowdown may affect our ability to meet our clients’ needs, which may result in the loss of business and clients and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The terms of future collective bargaining agreements also may affect our competitive position, our financial condition and results of operations.

IWCO may have trouble obtaining and retaining its labor force

IWCO Direct’s production operations are dependent upon attracting and retaining skilled and unskilled employees to take advantage of all available manufacturing capacity and ensureon-time delivery of clients’ marketing programs to meet service level agreements (SLAs) without penalty. The Company’s future success depends on its continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate, retain and promote personnel for all areas of its organization. Labor market conditions may have an adverse impact on profitability and ability to deliver product on time. The Company is exploring automation and efficiency options to reduce its reliance on direct labor.

Change in our effective tax rate may harm our results of operations.

A number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates, including:

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities;

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

adjustments to estimated taxes upon finalization of various tax returns;

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquiredin-process R&D, impact of costs associated with business combinations and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;

changes in available tax credits;

changes in share-based compensation;

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws, and changes in generally accepted accounting principles;

the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes;

increases in tax rates in various jurisdictions; and

the expiration of tax holidays.

Any significant increase in our future effective tax rates could reduce net income for future periods.

The gross margins in the Supply Chain business are low, which magnify the impact of variations in revenue and operating costs on our financial results.

As a result of intense price competition in the technology products and consumer products marketplaces, the gross margins in our Supply Chain business are low, and we expect them to continue to be low in the future. These low gross margins magnify the impact of variations in revenue and operating costs on our financial results. Increased competition arising from industry consolidation and/or low demand for products may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins. Portions of our operating expenses are relatively fixed, and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders. Our current ability to forecast the amount and timing of future order volumes is difficult, and we expect this to continue because we are highly dependent upon the business needs of our clients, which are highly variable. As a result, we may not be able to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue to mitigate any further reductions in gross margins. We may also be required to spend money to restructure our operations should future demand fall significantly in one or more facilities. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure in response to competitive price pressures, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

The Supply Chain business is subject to intense competition.

The markets for our services are highly competitive and often lack significant barriers to entry enabling new businesses to enter these markets relatively easily. Numerous well-established companies and smaller entrepreneurial companies are focusing significant resources on developing and marketing products and services that will compete with our offerings. The market for supply chain management products and services is very competitive, and the intensity of the competition is expected to continue to increase. Any failure to maintain and enhance our competitive position would limit our ability to maintain and increase market share, which could result in serious harm to our business. Increased competition may also result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. In addition, many of our current and potential competitors will continue to have greater financial, technical, operational and marketing resources. We may not be able to compete successfully against these competitors. Competitive pressures may also force prices for supply chain management products and services down and these price reductions may reduce our revenue. The competition we face may also increase as a result of consolidation within the supply chain management and logistics industries. For example, if as a result of consolidation, our competitors are able to obtain more favorable terms from their suppliers, offer more comprehensive services to their customers, or otherwise take actions that increase their competitive strengths, our competitive position and therefore our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

The trend toward outsourcing of supply chain management and logistics activities, either globally or within specific industries that we serve, may change, thereby reducing demand for our services.

Our growth strategy is partially based on the assumption that the trend toward outsourcing of supply chain management and logistics services will continue. Third-party service providers like ourselves are generally able to provide such services more efficiently than otherwise could be provided“in-house”, primarily as a result of our expertise and lower and more flexible employee cost structure. However, many factors could cause a reversal in the outsourcing trend. For example, our clients may see risks in relying on third-party service providers, or they may begin to define supply chain management and logistics activities as within their core competencies and decide to perform these operations themselves. If our clients are able to develop supply chain management expertise or improve the cost structure of theirin-house supply chain activities, we may not be able to provide such clients with an attractive alternative for their supply chain management and logistics needs. If our clientsin-source significant aspects of their supply chain operations, or if potential new clients decide to continue to perform their own supply chain activitiesin-house, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. In addition, if our current and potential clients choose to change their sourcing strategy, wherein they utilize multiple supply chain management and logistics service providers, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The physical or intellectual property of our clients may be damaged, misappropriated, stolen or lost while in our possession, subjecting us to litigation and other adverse consequences.

In the course of providing supply chain management services to our clients, we often have possession of or access to their physical and intellectual property, including consigned inventory, databases, software masters, certificates of authenticity and similar valuable physical or intellectual property. If this physical or intellectual property is damaged, misappropriated, stolen or lost, we could suffer:

claims under client agreements or applicable law, or other liability for damages;

delayed or lost revenue due to adverse client reaction;

negative publicity; and

litigation that could be costly and time consuming.

We could be subject to infringement claims and other intellectual property disputes.

The Supply Chain business employs a broad range of intellectual property and from time to time, we have been, and will continue to be, subject to third-party claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights. These claims may damage our business by:

subjecting us to significant liability for damages;

resulting in invalidation of our proprietary rights;

resulting in costly license fees in order to settle the claims;

being time-consuming and expensive to defend even if the claims are not meritorious; and

resulting in the diversion of our management’s time and attention.

We may be liable if third parties misappropriate personal information of our clients or our clients’ customers.

Although we have put in place policies and procedures to address the new GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) regulation, as required by the European Union and we deem these adequate, there are certain risks as we often handle personal information as part of oure-Business offering. Any security breach or inadvertent release of this information could expose us to risks of loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations. If third parties are able to penetrate our network or telecommunications security or otherwise misappropriate the personal information or credit card information of our clients’ customers or if we give third parties improper access to such information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. They could also include claims for other misuses of personal information, including unauthorized marketing purposes. These claims could result in litigation. Liability for misappropriation of this information could be significant. Further, any resulting adverse publicity arising from investigations could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We depend on third-party software, systems and services.

Our Supply Chain business and operations rely on third parties to provide products and services, including IT products and services, and shipping and transportation services. We may experience operational problems attributable to the installation, implementation, integration, performance, features or functionality of third-party software, systems and services. Any interruption in the availability or usage of the products and services provided by third parties could have a material adverse effect on our business or operations.

The funds held for clients may be subject to credit risk.

In the course of providing primarilye-Business related services to our clients, we at times have possession of client funds. The funds are maintained at financial institutions and the balances associated with these funds are at times without and in excess of federally insured limits. If these funds are impaired, misappropriated or stolen, we could suffer:

claims under client agreements or applicable law, or other liability for damages;

delayed or lost revenue due to adverse client reaction;

negative publicity; and

litigation that could be costly and time consuming.

Material disruption in our information systems could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

We rely on our information systems to process transactions on behalf of our clients, summarize our operating results and manage our business. Our information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber-attack or other security breaches and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and acts of war or terrorism.

To keep pace with changing technology, we must continuously implement new information technology systems as well as enhance our existing systems. The successful execution of some of our growth strategies is dependent on the design and implementation of new systems and technologies and/or the enhancement of existing systems, in particular the expansion of our onlinee-commerce capabilities.

The reliability and capacity of our information systems is critical to our operations and the implementation of our growth initiatives. Any disruptions affecting our information systems, or delays or difficulties in implementing or integrating new systems, could have an adverse effect on our business, in particular oure-commerce operations, and results of operations.

We may not be able to achieve the anticipated synergies and benefits from business acquisitions, including our recent acquisition of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc.

Part of our business strategy is to acquire businesses that we believe can complement our current business activities, both financially and strategically. Acquisitions, including the IWCO Acquisition, involve many complexities, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the acquired business’ past activities, loss of customers, regulatory changes that are not anticipated, difficulties in integrating personnel and human resource programs, integrating ERP systems and other infrastructures under Company control, unanticipated expenses and liabilities, and the impact on our internal controls and compliance with the regulatory requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. There is no guarantee that our acquisitions will increase the

profitability and cash flowDirector of the Company since March 2013, and our efforts could cause unforeseen complexities andas its Executive Chairman since June 2016. Following James R. Henderson's resignation, effective December 4, 2018, Mr. Lichtenstein assumed the additional cash outflows, including financial losses. As a result, the realizationrole of anticipated synergies or benefits from acquisitions may be delayed or substantially reduced.

OTHER RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY

We may be unable to realize the benefits of our net operating loss carry-forwards and other tax benefits (collectively, “NOLs”).

Our past operations generated significant NOLs. Under federal tax laws, for NOLs arising in tax years beginning before January 1, 2018, we generally can use any such NOLs and certain related tax credits to reduce ordinary income tax paid in our prior two tax years or on our future taxable income for up to 20 years, at which point they “expire” for such purposes. Until they expire, we can “carry forward” NOLs and certain related tax credits that we do not use in any particular year to offset taxable income in future years. For NOLs arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, we generally can use any such NOLs and certain related tax credits to reduce ordinary income tax paid on our future taxable income indefinitely, however, any such NOLs cannot be used to reduce ordinary income tax paid in prior tax years. In addition, the deduction for NOLs arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 is limited to 80 percent of our taxable income for any tax year (computed without regard to the NOL deduction). NOLs arising in tax years beginning before January 1, 2018, are referred to herein as “Current NOLs.” While we cannot estimate the exact amount of NOLs that we will be able use to reduce future income tax liability because we cannot predict the amount and timing of our future taxable income, we believe our NOLs are a very valuable asset.

Our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change,” as determined under Section 382Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Under Section 382, an “ownership change” occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders that each owns (or is deemed to own) at least 5% of our common stock increases their aggregate ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. If an ownership change is deemed to occur, the limitations imposed by Section 382 could significantly limit our ability to use our NOLs to reduce future income tax liability and result in a material amount of our Current NOLs expiring unused and, therefore, significantly impair the value of our NOLs.

Our ability to use our Current NOLs in future years will depend upon the amount of our federal and state taxable income. If we do not have sufficient federal and state taxable income in future years to use the Current NOLs before they expire, we will lose the benefit of the Current NOLs permanently. In addition to the generation of future federal and state taxable income, our ability to use our Current NOLs will depend significantly on our success in identifying suitable acquisition or investment candidates, and once identified, successfully consummating an acquisition of or investment in these candidates.

On January 19, 2018, Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Tax Benefit Preservation Plan (“Tax Plan”) designed to preserve the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs. The Tax Plan is intended to prevent an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code that would impair the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs. On April 12, 2018, at the Annual Meeting of Steel Connect’s stockholders (the “2017 Annual Meeting”) the stockholders of Steel Connect approved the Tax Plan and the continuation of its terms.

As part of the plan Tax Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one right (a “Right”) for each share of Common Stock then outstanding. The dividend was payable to holders of record as of the close of business on January 29, 2018. Any shares of Common Stock issued after January 29, 2018, will be issued together with the Rights. Each Right initially represents the right to purchaseone one-thousandth of a share of newly created Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

Initially, the Rights were attached to all certificates representing shares of Common Stock then outstanding and no separate rights certificates were distributed. In the case of book entry shares, the Rights are evidenced by notations in the book entry accounts. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Plan, the Rights will separate from the Common Stock and a distribution date (the “Distribution Date”) will occur upon the earlier of (i) ten (10) business days following a public announcement that a stockholder (or group) has become a beneficial owner of4.99-percent or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding and (ii) ten (10) business days (or such later dateCompany. Mr. Lichtenstein had previously served as the Board determines) following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group becoming a4.99-percent stockholder.

Pursuant to the Tax Plan and subject to certain exceptions, if a stockholder (or group) becomes a4.99-percent stockholder after adoption of the Tax Plan, the Rights would generally become exercisable and entitle stockholders (other than the new

4.99-percent stockholder or group) to purchase additional shares of Steel Connect at a significant discount, resulting in substantial dilution in the economic interest and voting power of the new4.99-percent stockholder (or group). In addition, under certain circumstances in which Steel Connect is acquired in a merger or other business combination afteran non-exempt stockholder (or group) becomes a new4.99-percent stockholder, each holder of the Right (other than the new4.99-percent stockholder or group) would then be entitled to purchase shares of the acquiring company’s common stock at a discount.

The Rights are not exercisableCompany's Interim Chief Executive Officer from March 2016 until the Distribution Date and will expire at the earliest of (i) 11:59 p.m., on January 18, 2021; (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed or exchangedJune 2016. Mr. Lichtenstein has served as provided in the Tax Plan; and (iii) the time at which the Board determines that the Tax Plan is no longer necessary or desirable for the preservation of NOLs.

On April 12, 2018, following approval by our stockholders at the 2017 Annual Meeting, Steel Connect filed an Amendment to its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Protective Amendment”) with the Delaware Secretary of State. The purpose of the Protective Amendment is to assist us in protecting the long-term value to the Company of its NOLs by limiting certain direct or indirect transfers of our Common Stock. These transfer restrictions generally restrict any direct or indirect transfers of the common stock if the effect would be to increase the direct or indirect ownership of the common stock by any person (as defined in the Protective Amendment) from less than 4.99% to 4.99% or more of the common stock, or increase the percentage of the common stock owned directly or indirectly by a Person owning or deemed to own 4.99% or more of the common stock. Any direct or indirect transfer attempted in violation of the Protective Amendment will be void as of the date of the prohibited transfer as to the purported transferee. The Board of Directors of Steel Connect has discretion to grant waivers to permit transfers otherwise restricted by the Protective Amendment. In addition, the Protective Amendment includes a mechanism to block the impact of such transfers while allowing purchasers to receive their money back from prohibited purchases.

The amount of NOLs that we have claimed has not been audited or otherwise validated by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS could challenge our calculation of the amount of our NOLs or our determinations as to when a prior change in ownership occurred, and other provisions of the Internal Revenue Code may limit our ability to carry forward our NOLs to offset taxable income in future years. If the IRS was successful with respect to any such challenge, the potential tax benefit of the NOLs to us could be substantially reduced.

We may have problems raising or accessing capital we need in the future.

In recent years, we have financed our operations and met our capital requirements primarily through funds generated from operations, the sale of our securities, borrowings from lending institutions and sale of Company owned facilities that were not being fully utilized. These funding sources may not be sufficient in the future, and we may need to obtain funding from outside sources. However, we may not be able to obtain funding from outside sources. In addition, even if we find outside funding sources, we may be required to issue to those outside sources securities with greater rights than those currently possessed by holders of our common stock. We may also be required to take other actions, which may lessen the value of our common stock or dilute our common stockholders, including borrowing money on terms that are not favorable to us or issuing additional shares of common stock. If we experience difficulties raising capital in the future, our business could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, market and other conditions largely beyond our control may affect our ability to engage in future sales of our securities, the timing of any sales, and the amount of proceeds we receive from sales of our securities. Even if we are able to sell our securities in the future, we may not be able to sell at favorable prices or on favorable terms.

If financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments to us, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to borrow funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate purposes.

We depend on important employees, and the loss of any of those employees may harm our business.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our executive officers and other key employees, as well as management of our subsidiaries. The familiarity of these individuals with technology and service-related industries makes them especially critical to our success. Our success is also dependent on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate high quality personnel. Competition for highly qualified personnel is intense. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or key employees may harm our business. Also, IWCO’s sales executives are focused on specific industry verticals leveraging their expertise to drive clients marketing results. The majority of the sales force has at least 10 years’ experience in the industry. The loss of these executives may have a detrimental effect on IWCO’s sales.

Our strategy of expanding our business through acquisitions of other businesses and technologies presents special risks.

We may expand our business in certain areas through the acquisition of businesses, technologies, products and services from other businesses. We may also seek to identify new business acquisition opportunities with existing or prospective taxable income, or from which we can realize capital gains. Acquisitions involve a number of special problems, including:

the need to incur additional indebtedness, issue stock (which may have rights superior to the rights of our common stockholders and which may have a dilutive effect on our common stockholders) or use cash in order to complete the acquisition;

difficulty integrating acquired technologies, operations and personnel with the existing businesses;

diversion of management attention in connection with both negotiating the acquisitions and integrating the assets;

strain on managerial and operational resources as management tries to oversee larger operations;

the working capital needs for acquired companies may be significant;

we may acquire a new line of business in which we have no operating history and the success of such new business cannot be assured;

exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies; and

increased risk of costly and time-consuming litigation, including stockholder lawsuits.

We may not be able to successfully address these problems. Our future operating results may depend to a significant degree on our ability to successfully identify suitable acquisitions, negotiate such acquisitions on acceptable terms, complete such transactions, integrate acquisitions and manage operations.

The price of our common stock has been volatile and may fluctuate.

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. Our common stock has traded with a closing price as low as $1.49 per share and as high as $2.62 per share during the year ended July 31, 2018. Future market movements unrelated to our performance may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

SPH Group Holdings LLC and its affiliates may have interests that conflict with the interests of our other stockholders and have significant influence over corporate decisions.

As of February 20, 2018, SPH Group Holdings LLC (“SPHG Holdings”) and its affiliates, including Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“Steel Holdings”), Handy & Harman, Ltd. (“HNH”), Steel Partners, Ltd. (“SPL”), beneficially owned approximately 52% of our outstanding capital stock, including shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) that vote on anas-converted basis together with our Common Stock.

SPHG Holdings acquired the Series C Preferred Stock on December 15, 2017, pursuant to a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement”) between Steel Connect and SPHG Holdings. Under Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, Steel Connect issued 35,000 shares of newly created Series C Preferred Stock to SPHG Holdings at a price of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $35.0 million (the “Preferred Stock Transaction”). The terms, rights, obligations and preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock are set forth in a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of Steel Connect filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

As a result of the Preferred Stock Transaction, the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules.

Steel Holdings, HNH, SPL and SPHG Holdings will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our Company and might adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.

On December 24, 2014, Steel Connect entered into a Management Services Agreement with SP Corporate Services LLC (“SP Corporate”), effective as of January 1, 2015 (as amended, the “Management Services Agreement”). SP Corporate is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings and is a related party. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, SP Corporate

provided Steel Connect and its subsidiaries with the services of certain employees, including certain executive officers, and other corporate services. The Management Services Agreement had an initial term of six months. On June 30, 2015, Steel Connect entered into an amendment that extended the term of the Management Services Agreement to December 31, 2015 and provided for automatic renewal for successive one year periods, unless and until terminated in accordance with the terms set forth therein, which include, under certain circumstances, the payment by Steel Connect of certain termination fees to SP Corporate. On March 10, 2016, Steel Connect entered into a Second Amendment to the Management Services Agreement with SPH Services, Inc. (“SPH Services”) pursuant to which SPH Services assumed rights and responsibilities of SP Corporate and the services provided by SPH Services to the Company were modified pursuant to the terms of the amendment. SPH Services, which has since changed its name to Steel Services Ltd. (“Steel Services”) is the parent of SP Corporate and an affiliate of SPH Group Holdings LLC. On March 10, 2016, Steel Connect entered into a Transfer Agreement with SPH Services pursuant to which the parties agreed to transfer to Steel Connect certain individuals who provide corporate services to Steel Connect.

During the year ended July 31, 2017, pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, Steel Connect paid a fixed monthly fee of $175,000 in consideration for the services and incremental costs as incurred. Pursuant to a third amendment to the Management Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2017, the fixed monthly fee paid by Steel Connect to Steel Services was reduced from $175,000 per month to $95,641 per month. The fees payable under the Management Services Agreement are subject to review and such adjustments as may be agreed upon by the parties.

Members of our Board also have significant interests in Steel Holdings and its affiliates, which may create conflicts of interest.

Some members of our Board also hold positions with Steel Holdings and its affiliates. Specifically, Warren G. Lichtenstein, our Executive Chairman of the Board is affiliated with Steel Holdings and is now the Executive Chairman of Steel Partners Holdings GP Inc. (“("Steel Holdings GP”GP") since February 2013 and thehad previously served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman from July 2009 to February 2013. Steel Holdings GP is the general partner of Steel Services and SPL. Previously,Partners Holdings L.P. ("Steel Holdings"), a diversified holding company listed on the New York Stock Exchange that engages in multiple businesses. Mr. Lichtenstein was the Chief Executive Officer of SP Corporate. Glen M. Kassan, our Vicehas been associated with Steel Holdings and its predecessors and affiliates since 1990. He previously served as Chairman of the Board of Handy & Harman Ltd. ("HNH"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Partners and former Chief Administrative Officer, is also affiliated with Steel Holdings and Steel Holdings GP. Jack Howard, a member of our Board,previously Nasdaq-listed company. Mr. Lichtenstein has served as a director of Aerojet Rocketdyne Holdings, Inc., a manufacturer of aerospace and defense products with a real estate business segment, since March 2008, and serving as the PresidentChairman of Steel Holdings GPthe board from March 2013 to June 2016 and as Executive Chairman since July 2009 andJune 2016. Mr. Lichtenstein has served as a director of Steel Excel Inc. ("Steel Excel"), a diversified holding company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings GPand a previously Nasdaq-listed company, since October 2010 and Chairman of the board since May 2011. Mr. Lichtenstein served as a director of SL Industries, Inc. ("SLI"), a company that designs, manufactures and markets power electronics, motion control,

2


power protection, power quality electromagnetic and specialized communication equipment, from March 2010 until it was acquired by HNH in June 2016. SLI was listed on the New York Stock Exchange until its acquisition as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings. Mr. Lichtenstein is also a director of the Steel Foundation and of the Law Enforcement Foundation. Mr. Lichtenstein studied at Tulane University and the University of Pennsylvania, where he received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics. Mr. Lichtenstein brings to the Board extensive experience in corporate finance, executive management and investing, deep knowledge from serving as a director and advisor to a diverse group of public companies and significant operations experience in manufacturing, aerospace, defense, banking and the Steel Business System (the methodology used by Steel Holdings to invest and manage its businesses).
Glen M. Kassan. Mr. Kassan has served as a Director of the Company since March 2013 and as its Vice Chairman since May 2014. He served as the Company's Chief Administrative Officer from May 2014 until January 2015. Mr. Kassan served as a director of HNH from July 2005 until May 2015 and as HNH's Vice Chairman of the board from October 2005 until May 2015. He served as HNH's Chief Executive Officer from October 2005 until December 2012. He has been associated with Steel Holdings and its affiliates since August 1999, and is currently an employee of Steel Services, Ltd. ("Steel Services"). Steel Services is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings. He served as the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of a predecessor entity of Steel Holdings from June 2000 to April 2007. He served as a director of SLI from January 2002, and its Chairman of the board from May 2008, until SLI was acquired by HNH in June 2016. He previously served as SLI's' Vice Chairman of the board from August 2005 to May 2008, its President from February 2002 to August 2005, its interim Chief Executive Officer in June 2010 and its interim Chief Financial Officer from June 2010 to August 2010. Mr. Kassan brings to the Board his years of experience and record of success in leadership positions in industrial and other public companies having attributes similar to the Company, as well as the expertise in capital markets and corporate finance.
Class II Directors Continuing in Office until the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Jack L. Howard. Mr. Howard has served as a director of the Company since December 2017. He has served as President of Steel Holdings since July 15, 2009, and has been a member of Steel Holdings' board of directors since October 2011. Mr. Howard isalso served as the PresidentAssistant Secretary from July 2009 until September 2011 of Steel Holdings and as Steel Holdings' Secretary from September 2011 until January 2012. Mr. Howard has been associated with Steel Holdings and its predecessors and affiliates since 1993. Mr. Howard has held various positions with HNH and has served asbeen a director of HNH since July 2005.2005 and previously served as Vice Chairman of the HNH Board and as HNH's Principal Executive Officer. Mr. FejesHoward has been a director of Steel Excel since December 2007 and previously served as Vice Chairman of the Steel Excel Board and Principal Executive Officer of Steel Excel. Since February 2018, Mr. Howard has been the Executive Chairman of WebBank, a state-chartered industrial bank and wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings. He is the President of SP General Services, LLC, an affiliate of Steel Holdings. Mr. Howard graduated from the University of Oregon with a Bachelor's Degree in Finance. The Board has determined that Mr. Howard's managerial and investing experience in a broad range of businesses, as well as his service on the boards of directors and committees of both public and private companies, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.
Maria U. Molland. Ms. Molland has served as a Director of the presidentCompany since December 2019. Ms. Molland has been the Chief Executive Officer and director of SteelThinx Inc., a feminine hygiene company, since July 2017. Prior to her current position, Ms. Molland was the Chief Executive Officer and Founder of M Squared Digital Consulting, a professional services firm focused on strategy execution, from September 2013 to January 2016 and from January 2017 to July 2017. Between January 2016 and December 2016, Ms. Molland co-founded Splacer, an online platform and marketplace for people to list, discover, and book short-term spaces for unique event experiences. From April 2012 to August 2013, Ms. Molland was the Chief European Officer for Fab.com, an e-commerce company. Ms. Molland graduated from Northwestern University with a Bachelor's Degree in Economics in 1996 and began her business career as an analyst with Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, a private technology investment bank. Ms. Molland received her Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School in 2002 and has held several positions over the years in the internet and digital media industries. Ms. Molland brings to the Board significant business and leadership experience, which makes her well qualified to serve as a Director.
3


Class III Director Nominees Continuing in Office until the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Jeffrey J. Fenton. Mr. Fenton has served as a Director of the Company since November 2010. Mr. Fenton was initially appointed to the Board pursuant to a Settlement Agreement among the Company, LCV Capital Management, LLC, Raging Capital Management, LLC and certain of their affiliates, dated October 20, 2010. In January 2013, he was appointed as Senior Vice President, Business Development of United Rentals, Inc., a construction and industrial equipment rental company. Since March 2004, Mr. Fenton has served as a Principal of Devonshire Advisors LLC, an advisory services firm. From March 2004 to April 2008, Mr. Fenton also served as Senior Advisor to Cerberus Capital Management L.P., a leading private investment firm. Mr. Fenton served as a director of Bluelinx Holdings Inc., Formica Corporation, IAP Worldwide Services, Global Motorsports Group, Inc. and Transamerica Trailer Leasing Co. Mr. Fenton earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Northeastern University and a Master of Science degree in Management from Massachusetts Institute of Technology Mr. Fenton brings to the Board significant finance, international business and leadership experience, having served as a senior advisor at a leading private investment firm as well as chief executive officer of a major industrial company.
Jeffrey S. Wald. Mr. Wald has served as a Director of the Company since February 2012. Mr. Wald was elected to the Board at the Company's 2011 annual meeting of stockholders after being nominated for election by Peerless Systems Corporation. From May 2010 until September 2020, Mr. Wald was the President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Work Market, Inc., an enterprise software platform that enables companies to manage their on-demand labor, and of which he was the Founder (sold to Automated Data Processing, Inc.) in January 2018). From May 2008 to May 2010, Mr. Wald was a Managing Director at Barington Capital Group, L.P., an activist hedge fund manager. From March 2007 through May 2008, Mr. Wald was the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Spinback, Inc., an internet commerce company (sold to Buddy Media Corporation), of which he is also the Founder. From January 2003 to March 2007, Mr. Wald was a Vice President at The GlenRock Group, a private equity firm which invests in undervalued, middle market companies as well as emerging and early stage companies. Earlier in his career, Mr. Wald held positions in the mergers and acquisitions department at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., a multinational investment bank and financial services company. Mr. Wald is currently a director of CoStar Technologies, Inc., where he also serves on the M&A committee. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Wald served as a director of Peerless Systems Corporation and from 2009 to 2010 he served on the board of Register.com. Mr. Wald holds a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University and a Master of Science and Bachelor of Science from Cornell University. Mr. Wald brings to the Board substantial experience in the area of venture capital, technology, principal investing and operations.
Renata Simril. Ms. Simril has served as a Director of the Company since October 2017. Mr. Fejes2020. Ms. Simril is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the LA84 Foundation, a non-profit organization supporting youth sports and legacy of the 1984 Los Angeles Summer Olympic Games, since January 2016. Ms. Simril is also on the Board and Executive Committee of the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce, the Board of the Los Angeles Sports and Entertainment Commission, the Board and Audit Committee of the Los Angeles Dodgers Foundation and a leadership council of the Service of Humanity global movement. Before joining the LA84 Foundation, Ms. Simril served as Senior Vice President and Chief of Staff to the publisher of the Los Angeles Times from November 2014 to September 2015, where she oversaw staff operations and budgeting for the newsroom and business operations with over 900 employees. Her earlier career included three seasons with the Los Angeles Dodgers, a major league baseball team, where she served as Senior Vice President of HNHExternal Affairs and Presidentmanaged the team's community relations and Chief Executive Officercharitable foundation. Ms. Simril also worked for over a decade in real estate development with Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, a commercial real estate services company, Forest City Enterprise, a previously publicly traded commercial real estate company, and LCOR, Inc., a real estate investment and development firm, where she managed the acquisition, entitlement, finance and development of Handy & Harman Group Ltd.multi-million dollars projects. Ms. Simril has a Bachelor's Degree in Urban Studies from June 2016 until October 2017.

AsLoyola Marymount University and a result, these individuals may face potential conflictsMaster's Degree in Real Estate Development from the University of interest with each other and with our stockholders. They may be presented with situations in their capacity as our directors that conflict with their fiduciary obligationsSouthern California. Ms. Simril brings to Steel Partners and its affiliates, which in turn may have interests that conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

Our Board is composed of seven directors, of that, three directors are independent and the remaining four are not independent.

Future proxy contests could be disruptive and costly and the possibility that activist stockholders may wage proxy contests or gain representation on or control of our Board of Directors could cause uncertainty about the direction of our business.

Future proxy contests, if any, could be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees from executing our strategic plan. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of changes to composition of the Board more than 25 years of Directors may lead to the perceptiondiversified experience in all areas of a change in the direction of the business, instability or lack of continuity which may be exploited byeconomic development policy, municipal finance, real estate finance and development, sports and philanthropy.


4


Information about our competitors, cause concern to our current or potential clients, and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. In addition, disagreement among our directors about the direction of our business could impair our ability to effectively execute our strategic plan.

Litigation pending against us could materially impact our business and results of operations.

WeExecutive Officers

Our executive officers are currently a party to various legal and other proceedings. See Item 3,Legal Proceedings. These matters may involve substantial expense to us, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and our results of operations. We can provide no assurances as to the outcome of any litigation.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS

On December 15, 2017, MLGS Merger Company, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Steel Connect, entered into a financing agreement (the “Financing Agreement”) by and amongMLGS Merger Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and newly formed

wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company(the “MLGS”), Instant Web, LLC, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IWCO (as “Borrower”), IWCO, and certain of IWCO’s subsidiaries (together with IWCO, the “Guarantors”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the lenders. MLGS was the initial borrower under the Financing Agreement, but immediately upon the consummation of the IWCO Acquisition, Borrower became the borrower under the Financing Agreement. The Financing Agreement provides for $393.0 million term loan facility and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility (together, the “Cerberus Credit Facility”). Proceeds of the Cerberus Credit Facility were used (i) to finance a portion of the IWCO Acquisition, (ii) to repay certain existing indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes and (iv) to pay fees and expenses related to the Financing Agreement and the IWCO Acquisition. The Cerberus Credit Facility has a maturity of five years.

On June 30, 2014, two direct and wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company (the “ModusLink Borrowers”) entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the Credit Agreement), as borrowers and guarantors, with PNC Bank and National Association, as lender and as agent, respectively. The Credit Agreement has a five (5) year term which expires on June 30, 2019. It includes a maximum credit commitment of $50.0 million, is available for letters of credit (with a sublimit of $5.0 million) and has a $20.0 million uncommitted accordion feature (the “PNC Bank Credit Facility”). As of July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the PNC Bank Credit Facility. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the Revolving Facility. As of July 31, 2018, the principal amount outstanding on the term loan under the Cerberus Credit Facility was $390.0 million.

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including relating to the Company’s outstanding balance of the 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the Notes), depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors, some which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate cash flow or that we will be able to borrow funds in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our debt, meet working capital requirements and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital and credit markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. See Liquidity and Capital Resources contained in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

In addition, under certain conditions holders of the Notes may convert all or any portion of their notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business or the business day immediately preceding their maturity date (See Note 1 and Note 10 contained in Part II of this Form10-K ) . This conversion may lessen the value of our common stock and/or dilute our common stockholders.

Our indebtedness could restrict our operations and make us more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions.

Our indebtedness could have important consequences for us and our stockholders. For example, our Financing Agreement and our Credit Agreement (together, the “Debt Agreements”) require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, and acquisitions, and for other general corporate purposes. In addition, our indebtedness could:

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and competitive pressures in our industry;

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry; and

limit our ability to borrow additional funds on terms that are acceptable to us or at all.

The Debt Agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictive covenants that will restrict our operational flexibility and require that we maintain specified financial ratios. If we cannot comply with these covenants, we may be in default under the Debt Agreements.

The Debt Agreements governing our indebtedness contain affirmative and negative covenants, including with regard to specified financial ratios, that limit and restrict our operations and may hamper our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Events beyond our control could affect our ability to meet these and other covenants under the Debt Agreements. Our failure to comply with our covenants and other obligations under the Debt Agreements may result in an event of

default thereunder. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness (together with accrued interest and fees), or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition, operating results, and business, and could cause us to become insolvent or enter bankruptcy proceedings, and shareholders may lose all or a portion of their investment because of the priority of the claims of our creditors on our assets.

If we are unable to generate or borrow sufficient cash to make payments on our indebtedness, our financial condition would be materially harmed, our business could fail, and shareholders may lose all of their investment.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our obligations will depend on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by economic, financial, competitive, business, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity or sell certain of our assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our results from operations and financial condition.

An increase in prevailing interest rates would have an effect on the interest rates charged on our variable rate debt, which rise and fall upon changes in interest rates. If prevailing interest rates or other factors result in higher interest rates, the increased interest expense would adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to service our indebtedness.

Our Notes mature on March 1, 2019, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to repay the Notes.

The Notes will mature on March 1, 2019, unless earlier restructured, or repurchasedelected annually by the Company or converted by the holder in accordance with their terms prior to such maturity date. As of July 31, 2018, the outstanding principal amount of our Notes was $67.6 million. To repay the Notes at maturity, we may need to obtain additional financing. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on the capitalBoard and credit markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results. See Liquidity and Capital Resources contained in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATED TO A MATERIAL WEAKNESS EXISTS IN OUR INTERNAL CONTROLS

Management’s determination that a material weakness exists in our internal controls over financial reporting could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

We are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In Item 9A of this Annual Report, management reports that a material weakness exists in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Due to this material weakness, management has concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We are actively engaged in developing and implementing a remediation plan designed to address this material weakness. Any failure to implement effective internal controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inadequate internal controls, among other things, could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock, and may require us to incur additional costs to improve our internal control system.

ITEM 1B.—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM  2.—PROPERTIES

The Supply Chain business leases more than 20 sites in several countries from which we operate ModusLink, which facilities consist of office and warehouse space. These facilities are located throughout the world, including, but not limited to, facilities throughout the United States (including our corporate headquarters in Waltham, Massachusetts), in Mexico, the Netherlands,

Czech Republic, Singapore, Japan and China.e-Business operates from its leased facilities in the Netherlands with offices in Massachusetts, Utah, Singapore and Australia. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate for our present purposes, and that new facilities will be available in the event we need additional or new space. Our Supply Chain business leases generally expire at varying dates through fiscal year 2023 and include renewals at our option. Certain facilities leased by us are subleased in whole or in part to subtenants and we are seeking to sublease additional office and warehouse space that is not currently being utilized by us.

IWCO has administrative offices in Chanhassen, MN. and has three facilities in Chanhassen, MN., one facility in Little Falls, MN., one facility in Warminster, PA. and two facilities in Hamburg PA. The IWCO leases generally expire at varying dates through fiscal year 2030 and include renewals at our option.

ITEM 3.— LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On April 13, 2018, a purported shareholder, Donald Reith, filed a verified complaint, Reith v. Lichtenstein, et al., 2018-0277 (Del. Ch.) in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The complaint alleges class and derivative claims for breach of fiduciary duty and/or aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment against the Company’s Board of Directors, Warren Lichtenstein, Glen Kassan, William T. Fejes, Jack L. Howard, Jeffrey J. Fenton, Philip E. Lengyel and Jeffrey S. Wald; and stockholders Steel Holdings, Steel Partners, L.P., SPHG Holdings, Handy & Harman Ltd. and WHX CS Corp. (collectively, “Steel Parties”) in connection with the acquisition of $35 million of the Series C Preferred Stock by SPHG Holdings and equity grants made to Lichtenstein, Howard and Fejes on December 15, 2017 (collectively, “Challenged Transactions”). The Company is named as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges that although the Challenged Transactions were approved by a Special Committee consisting of the independent members of the Board (Messrs. Fenton, Lengyel and Wald), the Steel Parties dominated and controlled the Special Committee, who approved the Challenged Transactions in breach of their fiduciary duty. Plaintiff alleges that the Challenged Transactions unfairly diluted shareholders and therefore unjustly enriched Steel Holdings, SPHG Holdings and Messrs. Lichtenstein, Howard and Fejes. The complaint also alleges that the Board made misleading disclosures in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2017 Meeting in connection with seeking approval to amend the 2010 Incentive Award Plan to authorize the issuance of additional shares to accommodate certain shares underlying the equity grants. Remedies requested include rescission of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and equity grants, disgorgement of any unjustly obtained property or compensation and monetary damages.

On June 8, 2018, defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to plead demand futility and failure to state a claim. The motions are fully briefed, and argument is scheduled for March 5, 2019. Discovery is stayed pending a decision on the motions to dismiss. Because the litigation is at an early stage and motions to dismiss are pending, we are unable at this time to provide a calculation of potential damages or litigation loss that is probable or estimable. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses, will deny liability, and intends to defend this litigation vigorously.

ITEM 4.— MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.—

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “STCN”. The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing stock prices per share of common stock per fiscal quarter, as reported by the NASDAQ for our two most recent fiscal years.

Fiscal Year Ended July 31, 2018

  High   Low 

First Quarter

  $2.30   $1.50 

Second Quarter

  $2.62   $1.49 

Third Quarter

  $2.46   $1.93 

Fourth Quarter

  $2.20   $1.72 

Fiscal Year Ended July 31, 2017

  High   Low 

First Quarter

  $1.68   $1.21 

Second Quarter

  $2.02   $1.35 

Third Quarter

  $1.89   $1.41 

Fourth Quarter

  $1.72   $1.51 

Stockholders

As of July 31, 2018, there were approximately 340 holders of record of common stock of the Company.

Dividends

Prior and subsequent to the special cash dividend announced on March 7, 2011, the Company had never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to support our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will beserve at the discretion of our Board of Directors, after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, any restrictions on payment of dividends under our credit facility,the Board. Our current executive officers are listed in the table below along with their ages and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion.

positions.

Recent sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about purchases by the Company of its common stock during the quarter ended

July 31, 2018.

Name
Age+
Total Number
of Shares
Repurchased
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Program
Approximate Dollar
Value of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
Position

May 1, 2018 to May 31, 2018

Warren G. Lichtenstein(1)(2)
55—  $—  —  —  Interim Chief Executive Officer, Class I Director, Executive Chairman

June 1, 2018 to June 30, 2018

Douglas B. Woodworth
48—  $—  —  —  Chief Financial Officer

July 1, 2018 to July 31, 2018

Joseph B. Sherk
72Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Fawaz Khalil(3)
—  51Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink Corporation ("ModusLink")
John Ashe(4)
53$—  —  —  Chief Executive Officer of IWCO Direct Holdings, Inc. ("IWCO" or "IWCO Direct")

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows the yearly change in the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock

+As of November 19, 2020.
(1) Mr. Henderson resigned from July 31, 2013 through Julyhis position as Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink, effective October 31, 2018, with the cumulative total return of the 1) NASDAQ Composite Index (U.S. companies), 2) the NASDAQ Computer Services Index, and 3) our chosen industry peer group during the same period. The graph reflects reinvestment of dividendsresigned from his positions as President and market capitalization weighting. Our Peer Group Index is comprised of the following publicly

traded companies: Plexus Corp., Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Key Tronic Corporation, IEC Electronics Corp, Egain Corp., Ingram Micro Corp. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on July 31, 2013, and the reinvestment of any dividends, if any. The comparison shown in the graph below are based upon historical data.

LOGO

   Fiscal year ending July 31, 
   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   2018 

Steel Connect, Inc.

   100.00    119.94    104.50    41.16    54.02    68.17 

NASDAQ Composite XCMP

   100.00    122.00    144.83    147.61    183.65    224.29 

NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing (OMX)

   100.00    102.71    103.29    104.90    114.02    133.11 

Peer Group

   100.00    104.35    101.42    115.21    148.52    143.57 

The unit price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future unit price performance.

This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

Equity Compensation Plans

Information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans and the securities authorized for issuance thereunder is set forth in Item 12 of Part III.

ITEM 6.— SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial informationChief Executive Officer of the Company, foreffective December 4, 2018. John Whitenack assumed the five years ended July 31,

2018. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysisposition of Financial Condition and ResultsChief Executive Officer of Operations” in Item 7 below and our accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements in Item 8 below. The historical results presented herein are not necessarily indicative of future results.

   Years ended July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016  2015  2014 
   (In thousands) 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Net revenue

  $645,258  $436,620  $459,023  $561,673  $723,400 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (8,306  (19,761  (40,572  (14,339  (5,449
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   36,715   (25,827  (61,281  (18,429  (16,362

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   —     —     —     —     80 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   36,715   (25,827  (61,281  (18,429  (16,282
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less: Preferred dividends on redeemable preferred stock

   (1,335  —     —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $35,380  $(25,827 $(61,281 $(18,429 $(16,282
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.60  $(0.47 $(1.18 $(0.35 $(0.32

Diluted net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.53  $(0.47 $(1.18 $(0.35 $(0.32

Weighted average common shares used in:

      

Basic earnings per share

   59,179   55,134   51,934   51,940   51,582 

Diluted earnings per share

   81,899   55,134   51,934   51,940   51,582 
   July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016  2015  2014 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Working capital

  $(26,331 $108,691  $125,125  $202,289  $207,174 

Total assets

   827,050   281,298   347,932   446,502   451,646 

Long-term liabilities

   393,618   69,172   67,226   90,548   81,434 

Stockholders’ equity

   107,628   62,971   85,940   144,601   171,618 

ITEM 7.—

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Annual Report on Form10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. For this purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materiallyModusLink upon Mr. Henderson's resignation from those reflected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1A of this report, “Risk Factors”, and elsewhere in this report. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis, judgment, belief or expectation only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Overview

Steel Connect, Inc. is a diversified holding company with two wholly-owned subsidiaries, ModusLink, and IWCO Direct, that have market-leading positions in supply chain management and direct marketing.

ModusLink provides comprehensive physical and digital supply chain optimization services (the “Supply Chain business”) that are designed to improve clients’ revenue, cost, sustainability and customer experience objectives. We provide services to leading companies across a wide spectrum of industries, including consumer electronics, communications, computing, medical devices, software, and retail, among others. The Supply Chain business operations are supported by a global footprint that includes more than 20 sites across North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

We operate an integrated physical and digital supply chain system infrastructure that extends fromfront-end order management through distribution and returns management. Thisend-to-end solution enables clients to link supply and demand in real-time, improve visibility and performance throughout the supply chain, and provide real-time access to information for greater collaboration and making informed business decisions. We believe that our clients can benefit from our global integrated business solution, especially given the increased usage of connected devices and digitalized solutions.

Historically, a significant portion of our revenue from our Supply Chain business has been generated from clients in the computer and software markets. These markets, while large in size, are mature and, as a result, gross margins in these markets tend to be lower than other markets the Company operates in. To address this, in addition to the computer and software markets, we have expanded our sales focus to include additional markets such as communications and consumer electronics, with a long-term focus on expanding in growth industries, such as the connected home, and connected healthcare, among others. We believe these markets, and other verticals we operate in, may experience faster growth than our historical markets, and represent opportunities to realize higher gross margins on the services we offer. Companies in these markets often have significant need for a supply chain partner who will be an extension to their business models. We believe the scope of our service offerings, including value-added warehousing and distribution, repair and recovery, aftersales, returns management, financial management, entitlement management, contact center support, material planning and factory supply, ande-Business will increase the overall value of the supply chain solutions we deliver to our existing clients and to new clients.

As a large portion of the Supply Chain business’ revenue comes from outsourcing services provided to clients such as retail products and consumer electronics companies, our operating performance has been and may continue to be adversely affected by declines in the overall performance within these sectors and uncertainty affecting the world economy. In addition, the drop in consumer demand for products of certain clients has had and may continue to have the effect of reducing our volumes and adversely affecting our revenue, gross margin and overall operating performance. Additionally, the markets for our supply chain services are generally very competitive, though we believe we have a compelling and differentiated offering due to the value-added services we provide, our commitment to client management, and our global reach. We also face pressure from our clients to continually realize efficiency gains in order to help our clients maintain their profitability objectives. Increased competition and client demands for efficiency improvements may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and, in some cases, loss of market share. In addition, our profitability varies based on the types of services we provide and the regions in which we perform them. Therefore, the mix of revenue derived from our various services and locations can impact our gross margin results. Also, form factor changes, which we describe as the reduction in the amount of materials and product components used in our clients’ completed packaged product, can also have the effect of reducing our revenue and gross margin opportunities. As a result of these competitive and client pressures the gross margins in our supply chain business are low.

Many of the Supply Chain’s business’ clients products are subject to seasonal consumer buying patterns. As a result, the services we provide to our clients are also subject to seasonality, with higher revenue and operating income typically being realized from handling our clients’ products during the first half of our fiscal year, which includes the holiday selling season.

As a leading provider of data-driven direct marketing solutions, IWCO Direct’s products and services help clients create more effective marketing offers and communications across all marketing channels to create new and more loyal customers. With a nearly50-year legacy of printing and mailing services, the Company’s full range of expanded marketing services includes strategy, creative, and execution for omnichannel marketing campaigns, along with one of the industry’s most sophisticated postal logistics strategies for direct mail. Through Mail-Gard®, IWCO Direct offers business continuity and disaster recovery services to protect against unexpected business interruptions, along with providing print and mail outsourcing services.

IWCO Direct’s services include (a) development of direct mail and omnichannel marketing strategies (b) creative services to design direct mail, email, and online marketing (c) printing and compiling of direct mail pieces into envelopes ready for mailing (d) commingling services to sort mail produced for various customers, by destination to achieve optimized postal savings (e) and business continuity and disaster recovery services for critical communications to protect against unexpected business interruptions. The major markets served by IWCO Direct include financial services, Multiple-System Operations (MSO) (cable or direct-broadcast satellite TV systems), insurance and to a lesser extent subscription/services, healthcare, travel/hospitality and other. Direct mail is a critical piece of marketing for most of its current customers who use direct mail to acquire new customers. Management believes that direct mail will remain an important part of its customer’s budgets for the foreseeable future, based on its proven ability to enhance results when used as part of an omnichannel marketing strategy.

The printing, mailing, and marketing services industries are highly competitive and are expected to remain so. The printing industry has more than 40,000 companies in the U.S. and IWCO Direct is the largest printer in the direct mail category, according to the December 2017 PI 400, an annual ranking of all printers by industry trade publication, Printing Impressions. While the printing industry as a whole is experiencing a shift from paper-based to digital content, direct mail continues to drive the highest response rate for campaigns designed to acquire new customers, according to the Data and Marketing Association’s (DMA) 2018 Response Rate Report. IWCO Direct is expanding its services to provide omnichannel marketing solutions to leverage its leadership role in acquisition marketing for direct mail to include digital marketing campaigns that complement direct mail to drive a higher response across all channels. Significant downward pricing pressure, a significant shift from paper-based to digital marketing for acquisition marketing, availability of paper and price increases for this raw material, the ability to acquire and retain a skilled work force and/or regulatory issues that impact use of consumer data for marketing could adversely affect IWCO Direct’s earnings. IWCO Direct’s business is not typically subject to seasonal buying patterns.

IWCO is ISO/IEC 27001 Information Security Management System (ISMS) certified through BSI, reflecting its commitment to data security. IWCO has administrative offices in Chanhassen, MN. and has three facilities in Chanhassen MN., one facility in Little Falls, MN., one facility in Warminster, PA. and two facilities in Hamburg, PA..

Management evaluates operating performance based on net revenue, operating income (loss) and net income (loss) and a measure that we refer to as Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) excluding net charges related to interest income, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, SEC inquiry and financial restatement costs, SEC penalties on resolution, strategic consulting and other related professional fees, executive severance and employee retention, restructuring,non-cash charge related to a fair valuestep-up towork-in-process inventory, share-based compensation, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses, net, othernon-operating gains and losses, net, and gains and losses on investments in affiliates and impairments. Among the key factors that will influence our performance are successful execution and implementation of our strategic initiatives, global economic conditions, especially in the technology sector, financial services, MSO and insurance.

We have developed plans and will continue to monitor plans to address process improvements and realize other efficiencies throughout our global footprint with a goal to reduce cost, remove waste and improve our overall gross margins. There can be no assurance that these actions will improve gross margins. For the years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, our gross margin percentage was 15.7%, 8.3% and 5.4%, respectively. Increased competition as well as industry consolidation and/or low demand for our clients’ products and services may hinder our ability to maintain or improve our gross margins, profitability and cash flows. We must continue to focus on margin improvement, through implementation of our strategic initiatives, cost reductions and asset and employee productivity gains in order to improve the profitability of our business and maintain our competitive position. We generally manage margin and pricing pressures in several ways, including efforts to target new markets, expand and enhance our service offerings, improve the efficiency of our processes and to lower our infrastructure costs. We seek to lower our cost to service clients by moving work to lower-cost venues, consolidating and leveraging our global facility footprint, drive process and efficiency reforms and other actions designed to improve the productivity of our operations.

Historically, a limited number of key clients had accounted for a significant percentage of our revenue. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s 10 largest clients accounted for approximately 44%, 70% and 71% of consolidated net revenue, respectively. No clients accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018. In general, we do not have any agreements which obligate any client to buy a minimum amount of services from us or designate us as an exclusive service provider. Consequently, our net revenue is subject to demand variability by our clients. The level and timing of orders placed by our clients vary for a variety of reasons, including seasonal buying byend-users, the introduction of new technologies and general economic conditions. By diversifying into new markets and improving the operational support structure for our clients, we expect to offset the adverse financial impact such factors may bring about.

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company reported net revenue of $645.3 million, an operating loss of $8.3 million, a loss before income taxes of $35.3 million and a net income of $36.7 million. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company reported net revenue of $436.6 million, an operating loss of $19.8 million, a loss before income taxes of $24.4 million and a net loss of $25.8 million. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the Company reported net revenue of $459.0 million, an operating loss of $40.6 million, a loss before income taxes of $56.6 million and a net loss of $61.3 million. At July 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $92.1 million, and negative working capital of $(26.3) million. The decline in working capital during the current year was primarily driven by the reclassification of the Company’s convertible notes from long-term to current andMr. Lichtenstein assumed the additional liabilities assumed as a resultrole of the IWCO acquisition.

Management is utilizing the following strategies to continue to increase shareholder value: (1) continuing to implement improvements throughout all of the Company’s operations to increase sales and operating efficiencies, (2) supporting profitable revenue growth both internally and potentially through acquisitions and (3) evaluating from time to time and as appropriate, strategic alternatives with respect to its businesses and/or assets and capital raising opportunities. The Company continues to examine all of its options and strategies, including acquisitions, divestitures and other corporate transactions, to increase cash flow and stockholder value.

Basis of Presentation

The Company has five operating segments: Americas; Asia; Europe; Direct Marketing; ande-Business. Direct Marketing is a new operating segment representing IWCO, which was acquired on December 15, 2017. Based on the information provided to the Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance and quantitative thresholds, the Company has determined that it has five reportable segments: Americas, Asia, Europe, Direct Marketing ande-Business. In the past the All Other category has completely been comprised of thee-Business operating segment. The Company also has Corporate-level activity, which consists primarily of costs associated with certain corporate administrative functions such as legal, finance, share-based compensation and acquisition costs which are not allocated to the Company’s reportable segments. The Corporate-level balance sheet information includes cash and cash equivalents, Notes payables and other assets and liabilities which are not identifiable to the operations of the Company’s operating segments. All significant intra-segment amounts have been eliminated.

Results of Operations

Fiscal Year 2018 compared to Fiscal Year 2017

Net Revenue:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2018
   As a %
of

Total
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2017
   As a %
of

Total
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $56,320    8.7 $92,324    21.1 $(36,004  (39.0%) 

Asia

   146,664    22.7  158,048    36.2  (11,384  (7.2%) 

Europe

   119,403    18.5  159,085    36.4  (39,682  (24.9%) 

Direct Marketing

   299,358    46.4  —      0.0  299,358   —   

e-Business

   23,513    3.7  27,163    6.3  (3,650  (13.4%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $645,258    100.0 $436,620    100.0 $208,638   47.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net revenue increased by approximately $208.6 million during the year ended July 31, 2018, as compared to the same period in the prior year. This change in net revenue was driven by the increase in revenue associated with the acquisition of IWCO, offset

by decreased revenues from ModusLink clients in the consumer electronics industries. IWCO and ModusLink’s revenues are reported as Products and Services revenues, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on net revenues for the year ended July 31, 2018, as compared to the prior year.

During the year ended July 31, 2018, net revenue in the Americas region decreased by approximately $36.0 million. This decrease in net revenue was primarily driven by decrease in revenues from a ModusLink aftermarket services program related to the repair and refurbishment of mobile devices and clients in the consumer products industry. Within the Asia region, the net revenue decrease of approximately $11.4 million primarily resulted from lower ModusLink revenues from programs in the consumer electronics market. Within the Europe region, net revenue decreased by approximately $39.7 million primarily due to lower ModusLink revenues from clients in the consumer electronics industry. Net revenue fore-Business decreased by approximately $3.7 million primarily due to lower revenues from clients in the consumer electronics industry.

Cost of Revenue:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2018
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $59,045    104.8 $91,622    99.2 $(32,577  (35.6%) 

Asia

   115,703    78.9  131,760    83.4  (16,057  (12.2%) 

Europe

   117,176    98.1  151,305    95.1  (34,129  (22.6%) 

Direct Marketing

   230,021    76.8  —      —     230,021   —   

e-Business

   22,054    93.8  25,568    94.1  (3,514  (13.7%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $543,999    84.3 $400,255    91.7 $143,744   35.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cost of revenue consists primarily of expenses related to the cost of materials purchased in connection with the provision of supply chain management and direct marketing services as well as costs for salaries and benefits, contract labor, consulting, paper for direct mailing, fulfillment and shipping, and applicable facilities costs. Cost of revenue for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018 included materials procured on behalf of our supply-chain clients of $194.6 million, as compared to $250.6 million for the same period in the prior year, a decrease of $56.0 million. Total cost of revenue increased by $143.7 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, as compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to an increase in cost of revenue associated with the acquisition of IWCO, offset by the lower material and labor costs associated with lower volume from clients in the consumer electronics and consumer products industries. IWCO and ModusLink’s cost of revenues are reported as Products and Services cost of revenues, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gross margin percentage for the current year increased to 15.7% from 8.3% in the prior year, primarily due to the acquisition of IWCO which was negatively impacted by a $7.2 millionnon-cash charge related to a fair valuestep-up towork-in-process inventory, partially offset by a reduction in revenues and related costs in the Americas, Asia and Europe. For the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, the Company’s gross margin percentages within the Americas, Asia, Europe and Direct Marketing segments were-4.8%, 21.1%, 1.9% and 23.2%, respectively, as compared to gross margin percentages within the Americas, Asia and Europe segments of 0.8%, 16.6% and 4.9%, respectively, for the same period of the prior year. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on gross margin for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018.

In the Americas, the-5.6 percentage point decline in gross margin, from 0.8% to-4.8%, was primarily due to unfavorable shift in volumes from clients in the consumer electronics and consumer products industries which lead to the absorption of fixed over head costs, partially offset by a corresponding declines in material costs and a reduction in force. In Asia, the 4.5 percentage point increase in gross margin, from 16.6% to 21.1%, was primarily due to product mix and favorable contract terms obtained from a client that has exited the region, despite a decline in revenues. In Europe, the -3.0 percentage point decrease in gross margin, from 4.9% to 1.9%, was attributable to an unfavorable revenue mix associated with clients in the consumer electronics market. The gross margin fore-Business was 6.2% for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018 as compared to 5.9% for the same period of the prior year. This increase of 0.3 percentage points was due to a favorable revenue mix primarily associated with clients in the consumer products and computing industries.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2018
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $6,560    11.6 $10,706    11.6 $(4,146  (38.7%) 

Asia

   17,247    11.8  19,850    12.6  (2,603  (13.1%) 

Europe

   12,299    10.3  16,165    10.2  (3,866  (23.9%) 

Direct Marketing

   38,312    12.8  —      —     38,312   —   

e-Business

   7,624    32.4  2,592  �� 9.5  5,032   194.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Sub-total

   82,042    12.7  49,313    11.3  32,729   66.4

Corporate-level activity

   19,659     4,846     14,813   305.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $101,701    15.8 $54,159    12.4 $47,542   87.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and employee-related costs, sales commissions and incentive plans, information technology expenses, travel expenses, facilities costs, consulting fees, fees for professional services, depreciation expense, marketing expenses, share-based compensation expense, transaction costs and public reporting costs. Excluding the Direct Marketing segment, the selling, general and administrative expenses for the all other operating segments during the twelve months ended July 31, 2018 decreased by $5.6 million compared to the same period in the prior year. This represents management’s concerted efforts to reduce costs as revenues for the operating segments have decreased. Corporate-level activity increased primarily due to higher professional fees associated with the acquisition of IWCO ($2.2 million), higher share-based compensation expense ($10.8 million) which are recorded as a part of Corporate-level activity. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018.

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

The intangible asset amortization of $20.3 million, during the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, relates to amortizable intangible assets acquired by the Company in connection with its acquisition of IWCO. Acquired intangible assets include trademarks, tradenames and customer relationships. The trademarks and tradenames intangible asset are being amortized on a straight line basis over a 3 year estimated useful life. The customer relationship intangible asset are being amortized on a double-declining basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

Restructuring, net:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July  31,

2018
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,

2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $257    0.5 $338    0.4 $(81  (24.0%) 

Asia

   1    0.0  818    0.5  (817  (99.9%) 

Europe

   2    0.0  623    0.4  (621  (99.7%) 

e-Business

   11    0.0  188    0.7  (177  (94.1%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $271    0.0 $1,967    0.5 $(1,696  (86.2%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $0.3 million which primarily consisted of $0.3 million of employee-related net adjustments of previously recorded accruals in the Americas.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $2.0 million. Of this amount, $1.5 million primarily related to the workforce reduction of 78 employees across all operating segments, and $0.5 million related to contractual obligations.

Interest Income/Expense:

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, interest income increased to $0.7 million from $0.4 million during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017.

Interest expense totaled approximately $29.9 million and $8.2 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the additional debt associated with the acquisition of IWCO.

Other Gains (Losses), net:

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $2.2 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018. The balance consists primarily of $1.9 million in net gains associated with sale of publicly traded securities (“Trading Securities”), $1.1 million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains, offset by $(0.6) million in losses associated with the disposal of assets at IWCO. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the net foreign currency exchange gain of $1.1 million primarily related to realized and unrealized gains (losses) from foreign currency exposures and settled transactions of approximately $0.8 million, $(0.2) million, $0.6 million in the Asia, Europe and Corporate, respectively.

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $3.2 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017. The balance consists primarily of $2.2 million and $0.9 million, in netnon-cash and cash gains, respectively, associated with its Trading Securities, and $0.2 million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains, offset by other gain and losses. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the net foreign currency exchange gains of $0.2 million primarily related to realized and unrealized gains (losses) from foreign currency exposures and settled transactions of approximately $(0.1) million, $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $(0.9) million in the Americas, Asia, Europe,e-Business and Corporate, respectively.

Income Tax Expense:

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded income tax benefit of approximately $71.2 million. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded income tax expense of approximately $2.7 million. The income tax benefit during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018 is related to the reduction of the Company’s valuation allowance associated with the IWCO acquisition of approximately $78.5 million partially offset by income tax expense in certain jurisdictions where the Company operates, using the enacted tax rates in those jurisdictions.

The Company provides for income tax expense related to federal, state, and foreign income taxes. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. and certain of its foreign subsidiaries due to the uncertainty of realizing such benefits.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to the financial measures prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company uses Adjusted EBITDA, anon-GAAP financial measure, to assess its performance. EBITDA represents earnings before interest, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) excluding net charges related to interest income, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, SEC inquiry and restatement costs, strategic consulting and other professional fees, executive severance and employee retention, restructuring,non-cash charge related to a fair valuestep-up towork-in-process inventory, share-based compensation, gain on sale of long-lived assets, impairment of long-lived assets, unrealized foreign exchange (gains) losses, net, othernon-operating (gains) losses, net, and (gains) losses on investments in affiliates and impairments..

We believe that providing Adjusted EBITDA to investors is useful as this measure provides important supplemental information of our performance to investors and permits investors and management to evaluate the operating performance of the Company’s business. We use Adjusted EBITDA in internal forecasts and models when establishing internal operating budgets, supplementing the financial results and forecasts reported to our Board of Directors, determining a component of incentive compensation for executive officers and other key employees based on operating performance and evaluating short-term and long-term operating trends in our business. We believe that the Adjusted EBITDA financial measure assists in providing an enhanced understanding of our underlying operational measures to manage our business, to evaluate performance compared to prior periods and the marketplace, and to establish operational goals. We believe that thesenon-GAAP financial adjustments are useful to investors because they allow investors to evaluate the effectiveness of the methodology and information used by management in our financial and operational decision-making.

Adjusted EBITDA is anon-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information provided in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Thisnon-GAAP financial measure may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. Some of these limitations are:

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

although depreciation and amortization arenon-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

non-cash compensation is and will remain a key element of our overall long-term incentive compensation package, although we exclude it as an expense when evaluating our ongoing operating performance for a particular period;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; and

other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table includes the reconciliations of our U.S. GAAP net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
(In thousands)  2018   2017   2016 

Net income (loss)

  $36,715   $(25,827  $(61,281

Interest income

   (679   (399   (668

Interest expense

   29,884    8,247    10,924 

Income tax expense

   (71,202   2,696    5,443 

Depreciation

   16,791    8,206    8,119 

Amortization of intangible assets

   20,285    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   31,794    (7,077   (37,463

SEC inquiry and financial restatement costs

   —      12    293 

Strategic consulting and other related professional fees

   2,937    92    455 

Executive severance and employee retention

   202    750    662 

Restructuring

   271    1,967    7,421 

Non-cash charge related to a fair value step-up to work-in-process inventory

   7,211    —      —   

Share-based compensation

   10,801    681    1,126 

Gain on sale of long-lived asset

   (12,070   —      —   

Impairment of long-lived assets

   (91   261    305 

Unrealized foreign exchange (gains) losses

   (2,408   670    1,037 

Other non-cash (gains) losses, net

   (1,839   (3,001   5,340 

Gains on investments in affiliates and impairments

   (801   (1,278   (747
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $36,007   $(6,923  $(21,571
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Adjusted EBITDA measure reflects adjustments based on the following items:

SEC inquiry and financial restatement costs.We exclude external costs related to our SEC inquiry and financial restatement. We exclude these costs because we do not believe they are indicative of our normal operating costs.

Strategic consulting and other related professional fees.We exclude certain professional fees related to our evaluation of strategic alternatives, cost alignment initiatives, and proxy contests with activist investors. We exclude these costs because we do not believe they are indicative of our normal operating costs.

Interim Chief Executive severance and employee retention.We have incurred severance charges related to certain executivesOfficer of the Company and costs related to the retention of certain employees ofeffective upon Mr. Henderson's resignation from the Company. We exclude these costs because we do not believe they are indicativeMr. Lichtenstein had previously served as the Company's Interim Chief Executive Officer from March 28, 2016, to June 17, 2016.

(2) Mr. Lichtenstein's biographical information is provided above in the section titled, "Class I Directors Continuing in Office until the 2021 Annual Meeting of our normal operating costs.Stockholders

Restructuring.We incur charges due to the restructuring."

(3) Fawaz Khalil was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of our business, including severance charges and contractual obligations associated with facility reductions resulting from our streamlining efforts. The amount and timing of any future restructuring activity is difficult to predict.

Non-cash charge related to a fair valuestep-up towork-in-process inventory.With the acquisitionModusLink, effective June 11, 2020, succeeding Mr. Whitenack.

(4) John Ashe was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IWCO, the Company recorded a fair valueeffective May 15, 2020, following James N. Andersen's departure.
“step-up”Douglas B. Woodworth towork-in-process inventory, which was recognized. Mr. Woodworth has served as aone-timenon-cash charge to cost of revenues.

Share-based Compensation Expense.We incur expenses related to share-based compensation included in our U.S. GAAP presentation of cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expense. Although share-based compensation is an expense we incur and is viewed as a form of compensation, the expense varies in amount from period to period, and is affected by market forces that are difficult to predict and are not within the control of management, such as the market price and volatility of our shares, risk-free interest rates and the expected term and forfeiture rates of the awards.

Gain on sale of long-lived asset.We completed the sale of our property in Singapore during the second quarter of fiscal year 2018. The gain on this sale is excluded because it does not relate to the performance of our core business.

Impairment of long-lived assets.Although an impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets does not directly impact the Company’s current cash position, such expense represents the declining value of the goodwill recorded at the time of the business acquisition and the other long-lived assets that were acquired. We exclude these impairments because they are not indicative of our normal operating costs.

Unrealized foreign exchange (gains) losses.We exclude these gains and losses as we do not believe they directly impact the Company’s cash position until they are realized.

Othernon-cash (gains) losses.We exclude othernon-cash (gains) losses as they do not relate to the performance of our core business.

(Gains) losses on investments in affiliates and impairments. We exclude (gains) losses on investments in affiliates and impairments related to our investments in a small number of privately held companies. We exclude this balance because it is not related to or indicative of the results of the Company’s core business.

Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016

Net Revenue:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2017
   As a %
of

Total
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2016
   As a %
of
Total
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $92,324    21.1 $106,143    23.1 $(13,819  (13.0%) 

Asia

   158,048    36.2  167,861    36.6  (9,813  (5.8%) 

Europe

   159,085    36.4  151,842    33.1  7,243   4.8

e-Business

   27,163    6.3  33,177    7.2  (6,014  (18.1%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $436,620    100.0 $459,023    100.0 $(22,403  (4.9%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net revenue decreased by approximately $22.4 million during the year ended July 31, 2017, as compared to the same period in the prior year. This change in net revenue was primarily driven by decreased revenues from two clients in the consumer electronics industry, one of which had a significant impact on revenues in the Americas and the other which impacted revenues in Asia, as discussed below. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on net revenues for the year ended July 31, 2017.

During the year ended July 31, 2017, net revenue in the Americas region decreased by approximately $13.8 million. This change in net revenue was primarily driven by decreased revenues from a client in the consumer electronics market. Within the Asia region, the net revenue decrease of approximately $9.8 million primarily resulted from lower revenues from a program in the consumer electronics market, partially offset by higher revenues from another consumer electronics program. Within the Europe region, net revenue increased by approximately $7.2 million primarily due to higher revenues from clients in the consumer electronics industry. Net revenue fore-Business decreased by approximately $6.0 million primarily due to lower revenues from clients in the consumer electronics industry.

Cost of Revenue:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2016
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $91,622    99.2 $107,057    100.9 $(15,435  (14.4%) 

Asia

   131,760    83.4  145,900    86.9  (14,140  (9.7%) 

Europe

   151,305    95.1  147,929    97.4  3,376   2.3

e-Business

   25,568    94.1  33,379    100.6  (7,811  (23.4%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $400,255    91.7 $434,265    94.6 $(34,010  (7.8%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cost of revenue consists primarily of expenses related to the cost of materials purchased in connection with the provision of supply chain management services as well as costs for salaries and benefits, contract labor, consulting, fulfillment and shipping, and applicable facilities costs. Cost of revenue for the year ended July 31, 2017 included materials procured on behalf of our clients of $250.6 million, or 57.4% of consolidated net revenue, as compared to $265.6 million, or 57.9% of consolidated net revenue for the same period in the prior year, a decrease of $15.0 million. Total cost of revenue decreased by $34.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended July 31, 2017, primarily due to the decline in volume as well as reductions in labor and facility costs related to the Company’s turnaround initiatives. The Company’s focus on operational and process enhancements, coupled with improved productivity had a positive impact on supply chain management and expenses related to cost of revenue.

Gross margin increased to 8.3% for the year ended July 31, 2017, from 5.4% for the year ended July 31, 2016, primarily as a result of more effective supply chain management, improved processes and efficiencies which are directly attributable to the Company’s turnaround plan, and client mix, partially offset by the reduction in revenues. For the year ended July 31, 2017, the Company’s gross margin percentages within the Americas, Asia, Europe ande-Business were 0.8%, 16.6%. 4.9% and 5.9%, as compared to-0.9%, 13.1%. 2.6% and-0.6%, respectively, for the same period of the prior year. Furthermore, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on gross margin for the year ended July 31, 2017.

In the Americas, the 1.7 percentage point increase in gross margin, from-0.9% to 0.8%, resulted from a decline in material costs, reduction in force and other cost reductions related to the Company’s turnaround plan, partially offset by a decline in revenues and increased facility costs. In Asia, the 3.5 percentage point increase, from 13.1% to 16.6% was primarily resulted from a decline in materials costs, reduction in force and an improved client and product mix, partially offset by a decline in revenues. In Europe, the 2.3 percentage point increase in gross margin, from 2.6% to 4.9%, resulted from an increase in revenues, as well as a more efficient use of temporary labor. The gross margin fore-Business was 5.9% for the year ended July 31, 2017 as compared to-0.6% for the same period of the prior year. This favorable increase was primarily due reduced labor cost as a percentage of revenue and improved client mix, partially offset by a decline in revenues. All of the Company’s business segments had improved gross margins in the fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior year.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2016
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $10,706    11.6 $11,932    11.2 $(1,226  (10.3%) 

Asia

   19,850    12.6  20,569    12.3  (719  (3.5%) 

Europe

   16,165    10.2  15,174    10.0  991   6.5

e-Business

   2,592    9.5  3,152    9.5  (560  (17.8%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Sub-total

   49,313    11.3  50,827    11.1  (1,514  (3.0%) 

Corporate-level activity

   4,846     6,777     (1,931  (28.5%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $54,159    12.4 $57,604    12.5 $(3,445  (6.0%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and employee-related costs, sales commissions and incentive plans, information technology expenses, travel expenses, facilities costs, consulting fees, fees for professional services, depreciation expense and marketing expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses, during the year ended July 31, 2017, decreased by approximately $3.4 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as a result of reduced employee-related costs ($0.2 million) related to restructuring and cost containment programs, lower professional fees ($4.1 million) primarily associated with outsourced services and a decrease in other selling, general and administrative expenses ($0.3 million). This decrease was offset by a gain included in the comparable period in the prior year related to the sale of a building in Europe of $1.2 million. Excluding the costs associated with the management incentive plan in the fiscal year 2017 and the gain associate with the sale of the building in Europe in the prior year, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $7.9 million. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates had an insignificant impact on selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended July 31, 2017.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

During the year ended, July 31, 2016, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million to adjust the carrying value of its building in Kildare, Ireland to its estimated fair value.

Restructuring, net:

   Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2017
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  Twelve
Months Ended
July 31,
2016
   As a %
of
Segment
Net
Revenue
  $ Change  % Change 
   (In thousands) 

Americas

  $338    0.4 $1,885    1.8 $(1,547  (82.1%) 

Asia

   818    0.5  2,247    1.3  (1,429  (63.6%) 

Europe

   623    0.4  2,259    1.5  (1,636  (72.4%) 

e-Business

   188    0.7  1,030    3.1  (842  (81.7%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

  $1,967    0.5 $7,421    1.6 $(5,454  (73.5%) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $2.0 million. Of this amount,

$1.5 million primarily related to the workforce reduction of 78 employees across all operating segments, and $0.5 million related to contractual obligations.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $7.4 million. Of this amount,

$5.9 million primarily related to the workforce reduction of 228 employees across all operating segments, and $1.5 million related to contractual obligations.

Interest Income/Expense:

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, interest income decreased to $0.4 million from $0.7 million during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016.

Interest expense totaled approximately $8.2 million and $10.9 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease in interest expense primarily relates to the purchases of the Company’s 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes subsequent to the quarter ended January 31, 2016.

Other Gains (Losses), net:

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $3.2 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017. The balance consists primarily of $2.2 million and $0.9 million, in netnon-cash and cash gains, respectively, associated with its Trading Securities, and $0.2 million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains, offset by other gain and losses. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the net gains of $0.2 million primarily related to realized and unrealized gains (losses) from foreign currency exposures and settled transactions of approximately $(0.1) million, $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $(0.9) million in the Americas, Asia, Europe,e-Business and Corporate, respectively.

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $(5.8) million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2016. The balance consists primarily of $(12.3) million and $6.4 million, in netnon-cash and cash gains and (losses), respectively, associated with its Trading Securities, $0.8 million innon-cash gains associated with the repurchase of the Company’s Notes and $(0.6) million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange losses, offset by other gain and losses. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the net losses of $(0.6) million primarily related to realized and unrealized gains (losses) from foreign currency exposures and settled transactions of approximately $0.1 million, $(0.2) million, $(0.5) million in the Americas, Asia, Europe, respectively.

Gains (losses) on investments in affiliates and impairments:

Gains (losses) on investments in affiliates and impairments results from the Company’s minority ownership in certain investments that are accounted for under the cost method and impairments on these investments. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded gains of $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, associated with its cost method investments. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded an immaterial balance of impairment charges related to these investments. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company received distributions of approximately $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, from its investments.

Income Tax Expense:

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded income tax expense of approximately $2.7 million compared to income tax expense of $5.4 million, for the prior fiscal year. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company was profitable in certain jurisdictions where the Company operates, resulting in an income tax expense using the enacted tax rates in those jurisdictions. We provide a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets that in our estimation are not more likely than not to be realized. During the year ended July 31, 2017, we provided valuation allowances totaling $11.0 million primarily related to our operations in the United States.

The Company provides for income tax expense related to federal, state, and foreign income taxes. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company’s taxable income for certain foreign locations was offset by net operating loss carryovers from prior years, and the Company calculated a taxable loss in the U.S. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the Company’s taxable income for certain foreign locations was offset by net operating loss carryovers from prior years, and the Company calculated a taxable loss in the U.S. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset in the U.S. and certain of its foreign subsidiaries due to the uncertainty of realizing such benefits.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, the Company has financed its operations and met its capital requirements primarily through funds generated from operations, the sale of our securities, borrowings from lending institutions and sale of facilities that were not fully utilized. As of July 31, 2018, the Company’s primary sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $92.1 million. The Company’s ModusLink Corporation subsidiary has undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries of approximately $16.3 million at July 31, 2018, of which approximately $3.0 million is considered to be permanently reinvested due to certain restrictions under local laws as well as the Company’s plans to reinvest such earnings for future expansion in certain foreign jurisdictions. Due to the changes reflected in the new tax law there is no U.S. tax payable upon repatriating the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries considered not subject to permanent investment. Foreign withholding taxes would range from 0% to 10% on any repatriated funds.

For the Company, earnings and profits have been calculated at each subsidiary. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are in an overall net deficit for earnings and profits purposes. As such, no adjustment has been made to U.S. taxable income in 2018 relating to this aspect of the new tax law. In future years, under the new tax law the Company will be able to repatriate its foreign earnings without incurring additional U.S. tax as a result of a 100% dividends received deduction. The Company believes that any future withholding taxes or state taxes associated with such a repatriation would be minor.

On June 30, 2014, two direct and wholly owned subsidiariesChief Financial Officer of the Company (the “ModusLink Borrowers”) entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), as borrowers and guarantors, with PNC Bank and National Association, as lender and as agent, respectively. The Credit Agreement has a five (5) year term which expires on June 30,since November 2, 2019. It includes a maximum credit commitment of $50.0 million, is available for letters of credit (with a sublimit of $5.0 million) and has a $20.0 million uncommitted accordion feature (the “PNC Bank Credit Facility”). The actual maximum credit available under the Credit Agreement varies from time to time and is determined by calculating the applicable borrowing base, which is based upon applicable percentages of the values of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory minus reserves determined by the Agent (including other reserves that the Agent may establish from time to time in its permitted discretion), all as specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains certain customary negative covenants, which include limitations on mergers and acquisitions, the sale of assets, liens, guarantees, investments, loans, capital expenditures, dividends, indebtedness, changes in the nature of business, transactions with affiliates, the creation of subsidiaries, changes in fiscal year and accounting practices, changes to governing documents, compliance with certain statutes, and prepayments of certain indebtedness. The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants (including periodic reporting obligations) and events of default, including upon a change of control. The Credit Agreement requires compliance with certain financial covenants providing for maintenance of specified liquidity, maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and/or maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio following the occurrence of certain events and/or prior to taking certain actions. For greater clarity, if the undrawn availability, as more fully described in the Credit Agreement, is either equal to or less than $10.0 million, or the aggregate principal balance of the loans plus the undrawn amount of all letters of credit in each case outstanding on any date is equal to or greater than $30.0 million; then compliance with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio is required. If triggered, the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained, as of the end of each fiscal month, for the trailing period of twelve consecutive fiscal months then ended, would be not less than 1.0 to 1.0. During the year ended July 31, 2018, the Company did not meet the criteria that would cause its financial covenants to be applicable. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any balance outstanding on the Credit Agreement.

On March 18, 2014, the Company entered into an indenture (the “Indenture”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), relating to the Company’s issuance of $100 million of 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”). The Notes bear interest at the rate of 5.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2014. The Notes will mature on March 1, 2019, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted by the holder in accordance with their terms prior to such maturity date. Holders of the Notes may convert all or any portion of their notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option at any time prior to the close of business or the business day immediately preceding the maturity date. Each $1,000 of principal of the Notes will initially be convertible into 166.2593 shares of our common stock, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $6.01 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, or, if the Company obtains the required consent from its stockholders, into shares of the Company’s common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company has received stockholder approval, and it elects to settle conversions through the payment of cash or payment or delivery of a combination of cash and shares, the Company’s conversion obligation will be based on the volume weighted average prices (“VWAP”) of its common stock for each VWAP trading day in a 40 VWAP trading day observation period. The Notes and any of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion have not been registered. Holders will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, subject to certain conditions. No fundamental changes occurred during the year ended July 31, 2018. The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to the maturity date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes. The Company will have the right to elect to cause the mandatory conversion of the Notes in whole, and not in part, at any time on or after March 6, 2017, if the last reported sale price of its common stockSince May 2016, Mr. Woodworth has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company notifies holders of its election to mandatorily convert the Notes, during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company notifies holders of its election to mandatorily convert the notes. The repurchase of Notes by the Company is discussed in Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the net carrying value of the Notes was $64.5 million and $59.8 million, respectively. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the principal amount of the Notes was $67.6 million for both periods.

On December 15, 2017, MLGS Merger Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“MLGS”), entered into a Financing Agreement (the Financing Agreement), by and among the MLGS (as the initial borrower), Instant Web, LLC, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IWCO (as Borrower), IWCO, and certain of IWCO’s subsidiaries (together with IWCO, the Guarantors), the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the lenders. MLGS was the initial borrower under the Financing Agreement, but immediately upon the consummation of the IWCO Acquisition, as described above, Borrower became the borrower under the Financing Agreement

The Financing Agreement provides for $393.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) (together, the Cerberus Credit Facility). Proceeds of the Cerberus Credit Facility were used (i) to finance a portion of the IWCO Acquisition, (ii) to repay certain existing indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes and (iv) to pay fees and expenses related to the Financing Agreement and the IWCO Acquisition. The Cerberus Credit Facility has a maturity of five years. Borrowings under the Cerberus Credit Facility bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at a Reference Rate plus 3.75% or a LIBOR Rate plus 6.5%, each as defined the Financing Agreement. The initial interest rate under the Cerberus Credit Facility is at the LIBOR Rate option. The Term Loan under the Cerberus Credit Facility is repayable in consecutive quarterly installments, each of which will be in an amount equal per quarter of $1,500,000 and each such installment to be due and payable, in arrears, on the last day of each calendar quarter commencing on March 31, 2018 and ending on the earlier of (a) December 15, 2022 and (b) upon the payment in full of all obligations under the Financing Agreement and the termination of all commitments under the Financing Agreement. Further, the Term Loan would be permanently reduced pursuant to certain mandatory prepayment events including an annual “excess cash flow sweep” of 50% of the consolidated excess cash flow, with a step-down to 25% when the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Financing Agreement) is below 3.50:1.00; provided that, in any calendar year, any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan shall be credited against the Borrower’s “excess cash flow” prepayment obligations on adollar-for-dollar basis for such calendar year. Borrowings under the Financing Agreement are fully guaranteed by the Guarantors and are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors and a pledge of all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each of IWCO’s subsidiaries. The Financing Agreement contains certain representations, warranties, events of default, mandatory prepayment requirements, as well as certain affirmative and negative covenants customary for financing agreements of this type. These covenants include restrictions on borrowings, investments and dispositions, as well as limitations on the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors to make certain capital expenditures and pay dividends. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the Financing Agreement, the lenders under the Financing Agreement may, among other things, terminate all commitments and declare all or a portion of the loans under the Financing Agreement immediately due and payable and increase the interest rate at which loans and obligations under the Financing Agreement bear interest. During the twelve month ended July 31, 2018, the Company did not trigger any of these covenants. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted ASUNo. 2015-03. As such, the debt issuance costs are capitalized as a reduction of the principal amount of Term Loan on the Company’s balance sheet and amortized, using the effective-interest method, as additional interest expense over the term of the Term Loan. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility. As of July 31, 2018, the principal amount outstanding on the Term Loan was $390.0 million. As of July 31, 2018, the current and long-term net carrying value of the Term Loan was $388.8 million.

Consolidated working capital (deficit) was $(26.3) million at July 31, 2018, compared with $108.7 million at July 31, 2017. Included in working capital were cash and cash equivalents of $92.1 million at July 31, 2018 and $110.7 million at July 31, 2017. The decline in working capital during the current year was primarily driven by the reclassification of the Company’s convertible notes, with a net carrying value of $64.5 million, from long-term to current. The decline is also driven by the additional liabilities assumed as a result of the IWCO acquisition. The liabilities include a $21.2 million accrued sales tax liability, $7.0 million of which is expected to be paid in the next twelve months.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.8 million for the year ended July 31, 2018, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $24.4 million in the prior year period. The $36.2 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities as compared with the same period in the prior year was primarily due to the cash provided by the operating activities of IWCO subsequent to its acquisition, as well as, a reduction in the cash used in the operating activities of ModusLink Corporation. In addition to this, during the year ended July 31, 2018,non-cash items within net cash provided by operating activities included depreciation expense of $16.8 million, amortization of intangible assets of $20.3 million, amortization of deferred financing costs of $1.1 million, accretion of debt discount of $4.4 million, share-based compensation of $10.8 million, other gains, net (including gain on sale of building) of $15.3 million and gains on investments in affiliates and impairments of $0.8 million. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017,non-cash items within net cash provided by operating activities included depreciation expense of $8.2 million, amortization of deferred financing costs of $0.6 million, accretion of debt discount of $3.9 million, impairment of long-lived assets of $0.3 million, share-based compensation of $0.7 million, other gains, net, of $3.2 million and gains on investments in affiliates and impairments of $1.3 million.

The Company believes that its cash flows related to operating activities of continuing operations are dependent on several factors, including profitability, accounts receivable collections, effective inventory management practices, and optimization of the credit terms of certain vendors of the Company. Our cash flows from operations are also dependent on several factors including the overall performance of the technology sector, the market for outsourcing services and the continued positive operations of IWCO.

Net cash used in investing activities was $452.3 million for the year ended July 31, 2018, as compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $5.6 million in the prior year period. The $452.3 million of cash used in investing activities during the year ended July 31, 2018 was primarily comprised of $469.2 in payments associated with the acquisition of IWCO, $18.4 million in capital expenditures, offset by $20.7 million in proceeds associated with the sale of property and equipment, $13.8 in proceeds from the sale of Trading Securities and $0.8 million in proceeds from investments in affiliates. The cash provided by investing activities during the year ended July 31, 2017 was primarily comprised of $4.7 million in capital expenditures, $0.9 million in proceeds from the termination of a defined benefit pension plan, $8.0 million in proceeds from the sale of Trading Securities and $1.3 million in proceeds from investments in affiliates.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $421.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2018, as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $1.9 million in the prior year period. The $421.9 million of cash provided by financing activities during the year ended July 31, 2018 was primarily related to the $393.0 million in net proceeds from the Term Loan associated with the IWCO Acquisition, $35.0 million in proceeds associated with the issuance of convertible preferred stock, $6.0 million in proceeds from the revolving line of credit, $6.0 million in payments towards the revolving line of credit, $3.0 million in payments of long-term debt, $1.3 million in payment of deferred financing costs, $1.1 million in payments of preferred dividends and $0.7 million in payments on capital lease obligations. The $1.9 million of cash used by financing activities during the year ended July 31, 2017 was primarily related to the purchase of the Company’s Convertible Notes of $1.8 million and payments on capital lease obligations of $0.2 million.

The Company believes it has access to adequate resources to meet its needs for normal operating costs, capital expenditures, mandatory debt redemptions and working capital for its existing business for at least twelve months from the date of this filing. These resources include cash and cash equivalents, the Credit Agreement, the securitization of trade receivables not currently in the PNC Agreement and the revolving credit facility noted above and cash, if any, provided by operating activities. At July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company had cash and cash equivalents and Trading Securities of $92.1 million and $122.6 million, respectively. At July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company had a readily available borrowing capacity under its PNC Bank Credit Facility of $9.6 million and $16.0 million, respectively. At July 31, 2018, IWCO had a readily available borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility of $25.0 million. Per the Cerberus Credit Facility, IWCO is permitted to make distributions to the Parent, Steel Connect, Inc., an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year and pay reasonable documented expenses incurred by the Parent. The Parent is entitled to receive additional cash remittances under a “U.S. Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement.” As of July 31, 2018, SPHG Holdings held $14.9 million principal amount of the Company’s 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”). SPHG Holdings has confirmed to the Company that it will not require a cash payment on Notes when they mature and for a period of twelve months from the date of this filing. The Company believes it will generate sufficient cash to meet its debt covenants under the Credit Agreement with PNC Bank (the “Credit Agreement”) and the Financing Agreement to which certain of its subsidiaries are a party, to repay or restructure its the Notes, and that it will be able to obtain cash through its current credit facilities and through securitization of certain trade receivables. The Company believes that it has adequate cash and available resources to meet its obligations for one year from the date of this filing. In order to obtain funding for strategic initiatives, which may include capital expenditures or acquisitions, we may seek to raise additional funds through divestitures, public or private equity offerings, debt financings, or other means. In addition, as part of our strategic initiatives, our management may seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise if we believe that it is in our best interests. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

The Company does not have anyoff-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

Future minimum payments, including previously recorded restructuring obligations, as of July 31, 2018 are as follows:

   Operating
Leases
   Capital
Lease
Obligations
   Purchase
Obligations
   Debt
Interest &
Principal
   Total 
   (In thousands) 

Payments due by period

          

Less than 1 year

  $17,367   $79   $37,920   $108,792   $164,158 

1-3 years

   22,776    129    —      73,788    96,693 

3-5 years

   10,977    28    —      419,361    430,366 

More than 5 years

   24,689    —      —      —      24,689 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $75,809   $236   $37,920   $601,941   $715,906 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company leases facilities and certain other machinery and equipment under variousnon-cancelable operating leases and executory contracts expiring through July 2023. Certainnon-cancelable leases are classified as capital leases and the leased assets are included in property, plant and equipment, at cost. Such leasing arrangements involve buildings and machinery and equipment as discussed in Note 11 of the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 below.

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which the Company has not received the goods or services. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. These Contractual Obligations do not include any reserves for income taxes. Because we are unable to reasonably predict the ultimate amount or timing of settlement of our reserves for income taxes, the Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments table does not include our reserves for income taxes. As of July 31, 2018, our reserves for income taxes totaled approximately $1.6 million. The table above excludes obligations related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans. See Note 12 of the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 below for a summary of our expected contributions and benefit payments for these plans. Total rent and equipment lease expense charged to continuing operations was $19.2 million, $15.6 million and $17.3 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. From time to time, the Company agrees to provide indemnification to its clients in the ordinary course of business. Typically, the Company agrees to indemnify its clients for losses caused by the Company. As of July 31, 2018, the Company had no recorded liabilities with respect to these arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory, restructuring, contingencies, share-based compensation expense, goodwill and long-lived assets, investments, pension obligations and income taxes. Of the accounting estimates we routinely make relating to our critical accounting policies, those estimates made in the process of: determining the valuation of inventory and related reserves; determining future lease assumptions related to restructured facility lease obligations; measuring share-based compensation expense; determining projected and discounted cash flows for purposes of evaluating goodwill, long-lived assets and intangible assets for impairment; preparing investment valuations; and establishing income tax valuation allowances and liabilities are the estimates most likely to have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, because these estimates inherently involve judgments and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from those estimates.

The Company has identified the accounting policies below as the policies most critical to its business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis ofChief Financial Condition and Results of Operations where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. Our critical accounting policies are as follows:

Revenue recognition

Inventory valuation

Restructuring expenses

Share-based compensation expense

Business Combinations and Valuation of Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets

Accounting for impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets

Investments

Income taxes

Revenue Recognition

The Supply Chain business’ revenue primarily comes from the sale of supply chain management services to its clients. Amounts billed to clients under these arrangements include revenue attributable to the services performed as well as for materials procured on the Company’s clients’ behalf as part of its service to them. Other sources of revenue include the sale of products and other services. Revenue is recognized for services when the services are performed and for product sales when the products are shipped or in certain cases when products are built and title had transferred, if the client has also contracted with us for warehousing and/or logistics services for a separate fee, assuming all other applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.

IWCO recognizes revenue for the majority of its products upon the transfer of title and risk of ownership, which is generally upon the delivery of the product to the United States Postal Service (“USPS”). IWCO does not have contractual purchase commitments from customers. IWCO receives purchase orders for all customer transactions and prices each order based upon the customer’s most recently agreed to pricing grid/rate card.

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC Topic 605”). Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have passed or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company’s shipping terms vary by client and can include FOB shipping point, which means that risk of loss passes to the client when it is shipped from the Company’s location, as well as other terms such asex-works, meaning that title and risk of loss transfer upon delivery of product to the customer’s designated carrier or when the products is delivered to the USPS. The Company also evaluates the terms of each major client contract relative to a number of criteria that management considers in making its determination with respect to gross versus net reporting of revenue for transactions with its clients. Management’s criteria for making these judgments place particular emphasis on determining the primary obligor in a transaction and which party bears general inventory risk. The Company records all shipping and handling fees billed to clients as revenue, and related costs as cost of sales, when incurred.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC Topic 985”), with respect to certain transactions involving the sale of software products by the Company’se-Business operations.

The Company applies the guidance of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)605-25 “Revenue – Multiple-Element Arrangements” for determining whether an arrangement involving more than one deliverable contains more than one unit of accounting and how the arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting. Under this guidance, when vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. For those contracts which contain multiple deliverables, management must first determine whether each service, or deliverable, meets the separation criteria. In general, a deliverable (or a group of deliverables) meets the separation criteria if the deliverable has standalone value to the client. Each deliverable that meets the separation criteria is considered a “separate unit of accounting.” Management allocates the total arrangement consideration to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each separate unit of accounting. After the arrangement consideration has been allocated to each separate unit of accounting, management applies the appropriate revenue recognition method for each separate unit of accounting as described previously based on the nature of the arrangement. In general, revenue is recognized upon completion of the last deliverable. All deliverables that do not meet the separation criteria are combined into one unit of accounting and the appropriate revenue recognition method is applied.

Inventory Valuation

We value the inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by both moving averages and thefirst-in,first-out methods. We continuously monitor inventory balances and record inventory provisions for any excess of the cost

of the inventory over its estimated net realizable value. We also monitor inventory balances for obsolescence and excess quantities as compared to projected demands. Our inventory methodology is based on assumptions about average shelf life of inventory, forecasted volumes, forecasted selling prices, contractual provisions with our clients, write-down history of inventory and market conditions. While such assumptions may change from period to period, in determining the net realizable value of our inventories, we use the best information available as of the balance sheet date. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, or we experience a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and client requirements, additional inventory provisions may be required. Once established, write-downs of inventory are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of inventory and cannot be reversed due to subsequent increases in demand forecasts.

IWCO’s inventory consists primarily of raw material (paper) used to produce direct mail packages andwork-in-process, finished goods are generally not a significant element of the inventory as they are generally mailed after the production and sorting process. With the acquisition of IWCO the Company recorded a fair value“step-up” towork-in-process inventory of $7.2 million which was recognized as anon-cash charge to cost of revenues during the fiscal year 2018.

Restructuring Expenses

The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations”, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. The statement requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan.

The Company records liabilities that primarily include estimated severance and other costs related to employee benefits and certain estimated costs to exit equipment and facility lease obligations and other service contracts and also costs for leases with no future economic benefit. As of July 31, 2018, the Company’s accrued restructuring balance totaled $0.1 million, none of which represented remaining contractual obligations. Historically, these contractual obligations have principally represented future obligations undernon- cancelable real estate leases. Restructuring estimates relating to real estate leases involve consideration of a number of factors including: potential sublet rental rates, estimated vacancy period for the property, brokerage commissions and certain other costs. Estimates relating to potential sublet rates and expected vacancy periods are most likely to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations in the event that actual amounts differ significantly from estimates. These estimates involve judgment and uncertainties, and the settlement of these liabilities could differ materially from recorded amounts. As such, in the course of making such estimates management often uses third party real estate advisors to assist management in its assessment of the marketplace for purposes of estimating sublet rates and vacancy periods. A 10%—20% unfavorable settlement of our remaining restructuring liabilities, as compared to our current estimates, would decrease our income from continuing operations by an immaterial amount.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recognizes share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, “Compensation— Stock Compensation” (“ASC Topic 718”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share- based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

ASC Topic 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on a historical analysis of share- based payment award forfeitures. If actual forfeitures should vary from estimated forfeitures, adjustments to share-based compensation expense may be required. The Company uses the binomial-lattice option-pricing model (“binomial-lattice model”) for valuation of share-based awards with time-based vesting. The Company believes that the binomial-lattice model is an accurate

model for valuing employee stock options since it reflects the impact of stock price changes on option exercise behavior. For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected performance achievement period of individual performance milestones when the achievement of each individual performance milestone becomes probable. For share- based awards based on market conditions, specifically, the Company’s stock price, the compensation cost and derived service periods are estimated using the Monte Carlo valuation method. The Company uses third party analyses to assist in developing the assumptions used in its binomial-lattice model and Monte Carlo valuations and the resulting fair value used to record compensation expense. The Company’s determination of fair value of stock options on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These

variables include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Any significant changes in these assumptions may materially affect the estimated fair value of the share-based award.

Business Combinations and Valuation of Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets

We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets may include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, acquired technology and tradenames, useful lives, and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company follows ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (“ASC Topic 360”). Under ASC Topic 360, the Company tests certain long-lived assets or group of assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the Company may not be able to recover the asset’s carrying amount. ASC Topic 360 defines impairment as the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or group, including property and equipment and other intangible assets, exceeds its fair value. The Company evaluates recoverability by determining whether the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of that asset or group cover the carrying value at the evaluation date. If the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to cover the carrying value, the Company measures an impairment loss as the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or group over its fair value. Management may use third party valuation experts to assist in its determination of fair value. As of July 31, 2018, $4.4 million, $3.1 million, $4.5 million, and $1.2 million of the Company’s long-lived assets related to the Americas, Asia, Europe ande-Business reporting units, respectively, consisting primarily of property, equipment and software. As of July 31, 2018, $544.1 million of the Company’s long-lived assets related to Direct Marketing reporting unit, consisting primarily of equipment, Goodwill and Intangible assets.

The Company is required to test goodwill for impairment annually or if a triggering event occurs in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 350, “Goodwill and Other” (“ASC Topic 350”). The Company’s policy is to perform its annual impairment testing for its reporting units on July 31, of each fiscal year. The Income Approach indicates the fair value of an asset based on the present value of the cash flows that the asset can be expected to generate in the future. Specifically, the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) Method is relied upon in the valuation of the net assets of the Direct Marketing reporting unit.

Acquired finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is performed at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying amount of property and equipment and intangible assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value.

Investments

The Company had maintained interests in a small number of privately held companies primarily through its various venture capital funds. The Company’s venture capital investment portfolio, @Ventures, invested in early-stage technology companies. These investments are generally made in connection with a round of financing with other third-party investors. Investments in which the Company’s interest is less than 20% and which are not classified asavailable-for-sale securities, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting, and are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at is cost, is only adjusted for impairments to the investment. Gains and losses realized upon the sale of the investment are reflected in “Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded gains of $0.8 million associated with its cost method investments. If it is determined that the Company exercises significant influence over the investee company, then the equity method of accounting is used. For those investments in which the Company’s voting interest is between 20% and 50%, the equity method of accounting is generally used. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at cost, is adjusted to recognize the Company’s share of net earnings or losses of the investee company as they occur, limited to the extent of the

Company’s investment in, advances to and commitments for the investee. The Company’s share of net income or losses of the investee are reflected in “Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the value of these investments was fully impaired.

The Company assesses the need to record impairment losses on its investments and records such losses when the impairment of an investment is determined to be other than temporary in nature. The process of assessing whether a particular investment’s net realizable value is less than its carrying cost requires a significant amount of judgment. This valuation process is based primarily on information that the Company requests from these privately held companies who are not subject to the same disclosure and audit requirements as the reports required of U.S. public companies. As such, the reliability and accuracy of the data may vary. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it recorded impairment charges related to its investments in privately held companies of $42 thousand for fiscal year ended July 31, 2016. These impairment losses are reflected in “Impairment of investments in affiliates” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Estimating the net realizable value of investments in privately held early-stage technology companies is inherently subjective and has contributed to significant volatility in our reported results of operations in the past and it may negatively impact our results of operations in the future.

At the time an equity method investee issues its stock to unrelated parties, the Company accounts for that share issuance as if the Company has sold a proportionate share of its investment. The Company records any gain or loss resulting from an equity method investee’s share issuance in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. During fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and

2016, no such gains or losses had been recorded related to any @Ventures investments.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC Topic 740”) using the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. This methodology is subjective and requires significant estimates and judgments in the determination of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and in the calculation of certain tax liabilities. At July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the deferred tax asset in the U.S. and certain of its foreign subsidiaries since management believes that after considering all the available objective evidence, both positive and negative, historical and prospective, with greater weight given to historical evidence, it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. In each reporting period, we evaluate the adequacy of our valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. In the future, if the Company is able to demonstrate a consistent trend ofpre-tax income, then at that time management may reduce its valuation allowance, accordingly. The Company’s federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards at July 31, 2018 totaled approximately $2.1 billion, $150.6 million and $74.2 million, respectively. A 5% reduction in the Company’s current valuation allowance on these federal and state net operating loss carryforwards would result in an income tax benefit of approximately $23.4 million.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in several tax jurisdictions. The Company is periodically reviewed by domestic and foreign tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These reviews include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating the exposure associated with various filing positions, we record estimated reserves for exposures. Based on our evaluation of current tax positions, the Company believes it has appropriately accrued for exposures as of July 31, 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update(“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty

of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.

The standard allows two methods of adoption: (i) retrospectively to each prior period presented (“full retrospective method”), or (ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized in retained earnings as of the date of adoption (“modified retrospective method”). The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method at the beginning of its first quarter of fiscal 2019.

The Company and its outside consultants has substantially completed the process of evaluating the potential effects on the consolidated financial statements and establishing new accounting policies and internal controls necessary to support the requirements of the new standard. Based on the analysis to date, the Company has identified the following potential impacts:

ModusLink’s revenue primarily comes from the sale of supply chain management services to its clients. Amounts billed to customers under these arrangements include revenue attributable to the services performed as well as for materials procured on the customer’s behalf as part of its service to them. Under existing guidance, revenue was recognized for services when the services were performed and for product sales when the products were shipped or in certain cases when products were completed and title had transferred, if the client had also contracted with us for warehousing and/or logistics services for a separate fee, assuming all other applicable revenue recognition criteria were met.

Under the new standard, the majority of our arrangements will consist of two distinct performance obligations (i.e., a warehousing/inventory management service and a separate kitting/packaging/assembly service), each of which will be recognized over time as services are performed using an input method based on the level of efforts expended. For the majority of the Company’s contracts under which the Company previously recognized revenue for services when the services were performed, the Company does not expect a material change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition as the input method corresponds with the transfer of value to the customer under the previous standard. However, for the limited population of contracts where the Company previously recognized revenues upon completion of all services and historically recognized revenue at a point in time (generally upon product shipment), the timing of revenue recognition will change in comparison to existing guidance as the Company’s performance enhances assets that the customer controls.

The Company has estimated that the impact of this change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition will result in an estimated increase to retained earnings of approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million and the recording of an unbilled asset in the same amount. The Company is currently refining this estimate and will record in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

We also recognize revenue from the sale of software in theCompany’s e-Business operations. Currently, revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses sold in multiple element arrangements is recognized ratably over the initial maintenance term, due to lack of Vendor Specific Objective Evidence (VSOE) for certain undelivered elements. The new standard will accelerate the recognition of revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses as the Company will allocate consideration between each performance obligation based on each item’s relative standalone selling price.

The Company has determined that it does not have any in process perpetual license arrangements at the date of adoption, as the balances at July 31, 2018 relate to maintenance renewal periods only. The Company did not identify any changes to the timing and manner of revenue recognition related to software contracts where the only performance obligation is the provision of software maintenance.

IWCO’s revenue is generated through the provision of data-driven marketing solutions, primarily through providing direct mail products to customers. Revenue recognized related to IWCO’s marketing solutions offerings, which typically consist of a single integrated performance obligation, was recognized at a point in time when the products were complete under existing guidance. Under the new standard, the majority of IWCO’s marketing solutions contracts will be recognized over time as the Company performs because the products have no alternative use to the Company and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

The Company has estimated that the impact of this change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition will result in an estimated adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $4.5 million to $6.0 million and the recording of an unbilled asset in the same amount. The Company is currently refining this estimate and will record in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

In addition, the new standard will require incremental contract acquisition costs (such as certain sales commissions) for customer contracts to be capitalized and amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the sales commissions or other costs relate. Currently, these costs are expensed as incurred. The

Company has identified certain commissions programs where it expects that incremental costs will be capitalized and recognized over a period of greater than one year. As of the date of adoption, the total commission expense that has been incurred under the commissions programs that have been identified by the Company is not material and the Company does not expect to record an adjustment for commissions at the date of adoption.

The Company will be required to record cumulative effect adjustments to retained earnings (net of tax) upon adopting the new standard as of the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2018. The most significant of these adjustments will be to establish an asset and increase retained earnings related to the ModusLink supply chain management services contracts and IWCO marketing solutions contracts as noted above, given the changes to the manner and timing of revenue recognition upon adoption. The Company has not identified any other material adjustments that would need to be recorded at the time of adoption. Currently, the Company expects the cumulative effect adjustment to be within the range of $5.5 million to $8.0 million. The Company expects to finalize its estimates and record the cumulative effect adjustment for inclusion in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

In addition, the Company has determined the adoption of the standard will result in several additional disclosures, including but not limited to additional information around performance obligations, the timing of revenue recognition, remaining performance obligations at period end, contract assets and liabilities and significant judgments made that impact the amount and timing of revenue from our contracts with customers. These additional disclosures will be included in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q. In addition, under the modified retrospective method of adoption, we will be required to disclose, for any periods presented which occurred prior to adoption, any significant revenue recognition differences under the new standard from what would have been recorded by us had historical revenue recognition guidance continued to be in effect for those periods.

This discussion of the expected effects of the Company’s adoption of ASC 606 represents management’s best estimates of the effects of adopting ASC 606 at the time of the preparation of this Annual Report on Form10-K. In order to finalize this assessment, we are continuing to update and enhance our internal accounting systems and internal controls over financial reporting.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic205-40), which amends the accounting guidance related to the evaluation of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The amendment establishes management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period. The update also gives guidance to determine whether to disclose information about relevant conditions and events when there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company adopted this guidance as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and has provided additional disclosures in accordance with the new standard.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330), which provides guidance related to inventory measurement. The new standard requires entities to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The Company adopted this guidance beginning the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-02, Leases, which requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the guidance will have on the Company’s financial statement disclosures, results of operations and financial position.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows. The Company retrospectively adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 by utilizing the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of this ASU did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-18, Restricted Cash. When cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item on the balance sheet, the new guidance requires a reconciliation of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related captions in the balance sheet. Entities will also have to disclose the nature of their restricted cash and restricted cash equivalent balances, which is similar to what is required today for SEC Registrants. This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its consolidated financial statements but does not believe that implementing this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s current presentation and disclosures.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), which requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost be presented in the same line item as other employee compensation costs, while the other components be presented separately asnon-operating income (expense). This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. This new ASU will not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Tax Benefits Preservation Plan

On January 19, 2018, our Board adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the “Tax Plan”) with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”). The Tax Plan is designed to preserve the Company’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits and is similar to plans adopted by other public companies with significant Tax Benefits. The Board asked the Company’s stockholders to approve, and the stockholders did so approve, the Tax Plan at its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on April 12, 2018 (the “2017 Meeting”).

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of approximately $2.1 billion and $150.6 million, respectively, as of July 31, 2018. The Company’s s ability to use its Tax Benefits would be substantially limited if the Company undergoes an “ownership change” (within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code). The Tax Plan is intended to prevent an “ownership change” of the Company that would impair the Company’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits.

As part of the Tax Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one right (a “Right”) for each share of Common Stock then outstanding. The dividend was payable to holders of record as of the close of business on January 29, 2018. Any shares of Common Stock issued after January 29, 2018, will be issued together with the Rights. Each Right initially represents the right to purchase oneone-thousandth of a share of newly created Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

Initially, the Rights will be attached to all certificates representing shares of Common Stock then outstanding and no separate rights certificates will be distributed. In the case of book entry shares, the Rights will be evidenced by notations in the book entry accounts. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Tax Plan, the Rights will separate from the Common Stock and a distribution date (the “Distribution Date”) will occur upon the earlier of (i) ten (10) business days following a public announcement that a stockholder (or group) has become a beneficial owner of4.99-percent or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding and (ii) ten (10) business days (or such later date as the Board determines) following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group becoming a4.99-percent stockholder.

Pursuant to the Tax Plan and subject to certain exceptions, if a stockholder (or group) becomes a4.99-percent stockholder after adoption of the Tax Plan, the Rights would generally become exercisable and entitle stockholders (other than the new4.99-percent stockholder or group) to purchase additional shares of Steel Connect at a significant discount, resulting in substantial dilution in the economic interest and voting power of the new4.99-percent stockholder (or group). In addition, under certain circumstances in which Steel Connect is acquired in a merger or other business combination after annon-exempt stockholder (or group) becomes a new4.99-percent stockholder, each holder of the Right (other than the new4.99-percent stockholder or group) would then be entitled to purchase shares of the acquiring company’s common stock at a discount.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire at the earliest of (i 11:59 p.m., on January 18, 2021; (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed or exchanged as provided in the Tax Plan; and (iii) the time at which the Board determines that the Tax Plan is no longer necessary or desirable for the preservation of Tax Benefits.

Protective Amendment

On March 6, 2018, the Board, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation designed to protect the tax benefits of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards by preventing certain transfers of our securities that could result in an “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382 of the Code) (the “Protective Amendment”). The Protective Amendment was approved and adopted by the Company’s stockholders at the 2017 Meeting and was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2018.

ITEM 7A.— QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in the market values of its investments. The carrying values of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and the revolving line of credit, approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of capital lease obligations approximates fair value, as estimated by using discounted future cash flows based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

As a matter of policy, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. All derivative positions are used to reduce risk by hedging underlying economic or market exposure and are valued at their fair value on our consolidated balance sheets and adjustments to the fair value during this holding period are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have any foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding.

Interest Rate Risk

At July 31, 2018, the Company did not have an outstanding balance under its PNC Bank Credit Facility and the Company did not have any open derivative positions with respect to its borrowing arrangements. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the Revolving Facility. As of July 31, 2018, the principal amount outstanding on the Term Loan was $390.0 million. Based on outstanding borrowings as of July 31, 2018, the effect of a 100 basis point change in current interest rates on annualized interest expense would be approximately $3.9 million.

The Company maintains a portfolio of highly liquid cash equivalents typically maturing in three months or less as of the date of purchase. We place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy and include corporate and state municipal obligations such as commercial paper, certificates of deposit and institutional money market funds.

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment in short-term investments. Our short-term investments are intended to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations and delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to our investment guidelines and market conditions.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Company has operations in various countries and currencies throughout the world and its operating results and financial position are subject to exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company has historically used derivative financial instruments, principally foreign currency exchange rate contracts, to minimize the transaction exposure that results from such fluctuations. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have any derivative financial instruments.

In the year ended July 31, 2018, revenues from our foreign operating segments accounted for approximately 41.2% of total revenues. A portion of our international sales made by our foreign business units in their respective countries is denominated in the local currency of each country. These business units also incur a majority of their expenses in the local currency.

Primary currencies include Euros, Singapore Dollars, Chinese Renminbi, Czech Koruna, Taiwan Dollars, Japanese Yen, and Australian Dollars. The statements of operations of our international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates in each applicable period. To the extent the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency-denominated transactions results in increased revenue and operating expenses for our international operations. Similarly, our revenue and operating expenses will decrease for our international operations when the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies. While we attempt to balance local currency revenue to local currency expenses to provide in effect a natural hedge, it is not always possible to completely reduce the foreign currency exchange rate risk due to competitive and other reasons.

The conversion of the foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars will lead to a translation gain or loss which is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, we recorded foreign currency translation losses of $1.2 million, which are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income in Stockholders’ Equity in our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, certain of our foreign subsidiaries have assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the relevant entity’s functional currency. Changes in the functional currency value of these assets and liabilities create fluctuations that will lead to a transaction gain or loss. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, we recorded foreign currency transaction gains of $1.1 million which are recorded in “Other gains (losses), net” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Our international business is subject to risks, including, but not limited to differing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign currency exchange rate volatility when compared to the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely impacted by significant changes in these or other factors. As exchange rates vary, our international financial results may vary from expectations and adversely impact our overall operating results.

ITEM 8.— FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

49

Consolidated Balance Sheets at July 31, 2018 and 2017

50

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

51

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended July  31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

52

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

53

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

55

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Steel Connect, Inc.

Waltham, Massachusetts

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Steel Connect, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at July 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated December 3, 2018 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

New York, New York

December 3, 2018

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   July 31, 2018  July 31, 2017 
ASSETS   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $92,138  $110,670 

Trading securities

   —     11,898 

Accounts receivable, trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $480 and $616 at July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, respectively

   99,254   81,450 

Inventories, net

   47,786   34,369 

Funds held for clients

   11,688   13,454 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   13,415   6,005 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   264,281   257,846 

Property and equipment, net

   106,632   18,555 

Goodwill

   254,352   —   

Other intangible assets, net

   192,964   —   

Other assets

   8,821   4,897 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $827,050  $281,298 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES, CONTINGENTLY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Accounts payable

  $78,212  $71,476 

Accrued restructuring

   96   186 

Accrued expenses

   88,330   37,898 

Funds held for clients

   11,688   13,454 

Current portion of long-term debt

   5,727   —   

Other current liabilities

   42,029   26,141 

Notes payable

   64,530   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   290,612   149,155 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Notes payable

   —     59,758 

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   383,111   —   

Other long-term liabilities

   10,507   9,414 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

   393,618   69,172 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   684,230   218,327 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

   

Contingently redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. 35,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at July 31, 2018; zero shares authorized, issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2017

   35,192   —   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Authorized 4,965,000 and 5,000,000 shares at July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, respectively; zero issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2018 and at July 31, 2017

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Authorized 1,400,000,000 shares; 60,742,859 issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2018; 55,555,973 issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2017

   608   556 

Additional paid-in capital

   7,467,855   7,457,051 

Accumulated deficit

   (7,363,569  (7,398,949

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   2,734   4,313 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   107,628   62,971 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, contingently redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity

  $827,050  $281,298 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Net revenue:

    

Services

  $345,900  $436,620  $459,023 

Products

   299,358   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net revenue

   645,258   436,620   459,023 

Cost of revenue:

    

Services

   313,978   400,255   434,265 

Products

   230,021   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   543,999   400,255   434,265 

Gross profit:

    

Services

   31,922   36,365   24,758 

Products

   69,337   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross profit

   101,259   36,365   24,758 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Selling, general and administrative

   101,701   54,159   57,604 

Amortization of intangible assets

   20,285   —     —   

Impairment of long-lived assets

   —     —     305 

Gain on sale of property

   (12,692  —     —   

Restructuring, net

   271   1,967   7,421 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   109,565   56,126   65,330 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (8,306  (19,761  (40,572
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

   679   399   668 

Interest expense

   (29,884  (8,247  (10,924

Other gains (losses), net

   2,223   3,200   (5,757

Impairment of investments in affiliates

   —     —     (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other expense

   (26,982  (4,648  (16,055
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (35,288  (24,409  (56,627

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (71,202  2,696   5,443 

Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax

   (801  (1,278  (789
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   36,715   (25,827  (61,281
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less: Preferred dividends on redeemable preferred stock

   (1,335  —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $35,380  $(25,827 $(61,281
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.60  $(0.47 $(1.18

Diluted net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.53  $(0.47 $(1.18

Weighted average common shares used in:

    

Basic earnings per share

   59,179   55,134   51,934 

Diluted earnings per share

   81,899   55,134   51,934 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Net income (loss)

  $36,715  $(25,827 $(61,281

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   (1,174  1,391   (1,539

Net unrealized holding gain on securities, net of tax

   14   73   48 

Pension liability adjustments, net of tax

   (419  830   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive gain (loss)

   (1,579  2,294   (1,491
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $35,136  $(23,533 $(62,772
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

   Number of
Common
Shares
  Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at July 31, 2015

   52,233,888   522    7,452,410   (7,311,841  3,510   144,601 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (61,281  —     (61,281

Equity portion of convertible notes

   —     —      (64  —     —     (64

Issuance of common stock to Highbridge International LLC and Highbridge Tactical Credit & Convertibles Master Fund, L.P.

   2,656,336   27    3,107   —     —     3,134 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plan and stock option exercises

   70,136   —      51   —     —     51 

Restricted stock grants

   340,259   4    (4  —     —     —   

Restricted stock forfeitures

   (51,543  —      (136  —     —     (136

Share-based compensation

   —     —      1,126   —     —     1,126 

Other comprehensive items

   —     —      —     —     (1,491  (1,491
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2016

   55,249,076   553    7,456,490   (7,373,122  2,019   85,940 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (25,827  —     (25,827

Equity portion of convertible notes

   —     —      (135  —     —     (135

Issuance of common stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plan and stock option exercises

   10,605   —      18   —     —     18 

Restricted stock grants

   296,292   3    (3  —     —     —   

Share-based compensation

   —     —      681   —     —     681 

Other comprehensive items

   —     —      —     —     2,294   2,294 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2017

   55,555,973  $556   $7,457,051  $(7,398,949 $4,313  $62,971 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

       36,715    36,715 

Preferred dividends

   —     —      —     (1,335  —     (1,335

Issuance of common stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plan and stock option exercises

   10,462   —      8   —     —     8 

Restricted stock grants

   5,225,806   52    (5  —     —     47 

Restricted stock forfeitures

   (49,382  —      —     —     —     —   

Share-based compensation

   —     —      10,801   —     —     10,801 

Other comprehensive items

   —     —      —     —     (1,579  (1,579
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2018

   60,742,859  $608   $7,467,855  $(7,363,569 $2,734  $107,628 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

  $36,715  $(25,827 $(61,281

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation

   16,791   8,206   8,119 

Amortization of intangible assets

   20,285   —     —   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

   1,072   566   733 

Accretion of debt discount

   4,384   3,919   4,967 

Impairment of long-lived assets

   —     261   305 

Share-based compensation

   10,801   681   1,126 

Other (gains) losses, net (including gain on sale of building)

   (15,266  (3,200  4,519 

Gains on investments in affiliates and impairments

   (801  (1,278  (747

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquired:

    

Accounts receivable, net

   29,735   31,102   19,130 

Inventories, net

   19,971   6,852   7,752 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   6,563   1,572   10,763 

Accounts payable, accrued restructuring and accrued expenses

   (39,945  (45,314  (4,245

Refundable and accrued income taxes, net

   6,524   (1,014  2,660 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

   (78,794  —     —   

Other assets and liabilities

   (6,267  (971  (13,589
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   11,768   (24,445  (19,788
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Payments to acquire business

   (469,221  —     —   

Additions to property and equipment

   (18,423  (4,730  (7,936

Proceeds from the disposition of property and equipment

   20,748   187   1,318 

Proceeds from the termination of defined benefit pension plan

   —     905   —   

Purchase of Trading Securities

   —     —     (1,220

Proceeds from the sale of Trading Securities

   13,775   7,998   59,327 

Investments in affiliates

   —     —     (42

Proceeds from investments in affiliates

   801   1,278   789 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (452,320  5,638   52,236 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from long-term debt

   393,000   —     —   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   35,000   —     —   

Payment of long-term debt

   (3,000  —     —   

Payment of deferred financing costs

   (1,334  —     —   

Payment of preferred dividends

   (1,143  —     —   

Purchase of the Company’s Convertible Notes

   —     (1,763  (20,257

Repayments on capital lease obligations

   (652  (171  (228

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

   8   18   51 

Repurchase of common stock

   —     —     (127
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   421,879   (1,916  (20,561
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   141   603   (528
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (18,532  (20,120  11,359 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   110,670   130,790   119,431 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $92,138  $110,670  $130,790 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STEEL CONNECT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Steel Connect, Inc. (“Steel Connect” or the “Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries, operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, ModusLink Corporation and ModusLink PTS, Inc. (together “ModusLink” or “Supply Chain“), and IWCO Direct Holdings, Inc. (“IWCO Direct” or “IWCO”). The Company was formerly known as ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. until it changed its name to Steel Connect, Inc. effective February 27, 2018.

ModusLink is a supply chain business process management company serving clients in markets such as consumer electronics, communications, computing, medical devices, software, and retail. ModusLink designs and executes elements in its clients’ global supply chains to improve speed to market, product customization, flexibility, cost, quality and service. The Company also produces and licenses an entitlement management solution for activation, provisioning, entitlement subscription and data collection from physical goods (connected products) and digital products.

ModusLink has an integrated network of strategically located facilities with 20 sites operating in 21 languages in various countries, including numerous sites throughout North America, Europe and Asia. The Company previously operated under the names ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., CMGI, Inc. and CMG Information Services, Inc. and was incorporated in Delaware in 1986.

IWCO Direct delivers data-driven marketing solutions for its customers. Its full range of services includes strategy, creative and execution for omnichannel marketing campaigns, along with postal logistics programs for direct mail. Through its Mail-Gard® division, IWCO Direct also offers business continuity and disaster recovery services to protect against unexpected business interruptions, along with providing print and mail outsourcing services.

IWCO has administrative offices in Chanhassen, MN. and has three facilities in Chanhassen, MN., one facility in Little Falls, MN., one facility in Warminster, PA. and two facilities in Hamburg PA.

Historically, the Company has financed its operations and met its capital requirements primarily through funds generated from operations, the sale of our securities, borrowings from lending institutions, and sale of facilities that were not fully utilized. The Company believes it has access to adequate resources to meet its needs for normal operating costs, capital expenditures, mandatory debt redemptions and working capital for its existing business for at least twelve months from the date of this filing. These resources include cash and cash equivalents, the Credit Agreement, as defined in Note 10 the securitization of trade receivables not currently in the PNC Agreement and the revolving credit facility and cash, if any, provided by operating activities. At July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company had cash and cash equivalents and Trading Securities of $92.1 million and $122.6 million, respectively. As of July 31, 2018, the Company had a deficiency in working capital which was primarily driven by the reclassification of the Company’s convertible notes from long-term to current and the additional liabilities assumed as a result of the IWCO acquisition. At July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company had a readily available borrowing capacity under its PNC Bank Credit Facility of $9.6 million and $16.0 million, respectively. At July 31, 2018, IWCO had a readily available borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility of $25.0 million. Per the Cerberus Credit Facility, IWCO is permitted to make distributions to the Parent, Steel Connect, Inc., an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year and pay reasonable documented expenses incurred by the Parent. The Parent is entitled to receive additional cash remittances under a “U.S. Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement.” As of July 31, 2018, SPHG Holdings held $14.9 million principal amount of the Company’s 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”). SPHG Holdings has confirmed to the Company that it will not require a cash payment on Notes when they mature and for a period of twelve months from the date of this filing. The Company believes it will generate sufficient cash to meet its debt covenants under the Credit Agreement with PNC Bank (the “Credit Agreement”) and the Financing Agreement to which certain of its subsidiaries are a party, to repay or restructure its the Notes, and that it will be able to obtain cash through its current credit facilities and through securitization of certain trade receivables. The Company’s historical operating results and working capital deficit indicate substantial doubt exists related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company believes that the actions discussed above are probable of occurring and mitigating the substantial doubt raised by the Company’s historical operating results and satisfying the Company’s estimated liquidity needs 12 months from the issuance of the financial statements. However, the Company cannot predict, with certainty, the outcome of its actions to generate liquidity, including the availability of additional debt refinancing or factoring of receivables, or whether such actions would generate the expected liquidity as currently planned. Our conclusion on going concern is predicated upon the factoring of certain accounts receivable balances, which has not yet occurred.

(2)

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies described below.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of its wholly-owned and majority- owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company accounts for investments in businesses in which it owns between 20% and 50% of the voting interest using the equity method, if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee company. All other investments in privately held businesses over which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, or for which there is not a readily determinable market value, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories, fair value of its trading andavailable-for-sale securities, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring, valuation of long-lived assets, impairments, contingencies, restructuring charges, litigation, pension obligations and the fair value of stock options and share bonus awards granted under the Company’s stock based compensation plans. Accounting estimates are based on historical experience and various assumptions that are considered reasonable under the circumstances. However, because these estimates inherently involve judgments and uncertainties, actual results could differ materially from those estimated.

Revenue Recognition

The Supply Chain business’ revenue primarily comes from the sale of supply chain management services to its clients. Amounts billed to clients under these arrangements include revenue attributable to the services performed as well as for materials procured on the Company’s clients’ behalf as part of its service to them. Other sources of revenue include the sale of products and other services. Revenue is recognized for services when the services are performed and for product sales when the products are shipped or in certain cases when products are built and title had transferred, if the client has also contracted with us for warehousing and/or logistics services for a separate fee, assuming all other applicable revenue recognition criteria are met.

IWCO recognizes revenue for the majority of its products upon the transfer of title and risk of ownership, which is generally upon the delivery of the product to the United States Postal Service (“USPS”). IWCO does not have contractual purchase commitments from customers. IWCO receives purchase orders for all customer transactions and prices each order based upon the customer’s most recently agreed to pricing grid/rate card.

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC Topic 605”). Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have passed or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company’s shipping terms vary by client and can include FOB shipping point, which means that risk of loss passes to the client when it is shipped from the Company’s location, as well as other terms such asex-works, meaning that title and risk of loss transfer upon delivery of product to the customer’s designated carrier or when the products is delivered to the USPS. The Company also evaluates the terms of each major client contract relative to a number of criteria that management considers in making its determination with respect to gross versus net reporting of revenue for transactions with its clients. Management’s criteria for making these judgments place particular emphasis on determining the primary obligor in a transaction and which party bears general inventory risk. The Company records all shipping and handling fees billed to clients as revenue, and related costs as cost of sales, when incurred.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC Topic 985”), with respect to certain transactions involving the sale of software products by the Company’se-Business operations.

The Company applies the guidance of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)605-25 “Revenue – Multiple-Element Arrangements” for determining whether an arrangement involving more than one deliverable contains more than one unit of accounting and how the arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting. Under

this guidance, when vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. For those contracts which contain multiple deliverables, management must first determine whether each service, or deliverable, meets the separation criteria. In general, a deliverable (or a group of deliverables) meets the separation criteria if the deliverable has standalone value to the client. Each deliverable that meets the separation criteria is considered a “separate unit of accounting.” Management allocates the total arrangement consideration to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each separate unit of accounting. After the arrangement consideration has been allocated to each separate unit of accounting, management applies the appropriate revenue recognition method for each separate unit of accounting as described previously based on the nature of the arrangement. In general, revenue is recognized upon completion of the last deliverable. All deliverables that do not meet the separation criteria are combined into one unit of accounting and the appropriate revenue recognition method is applied.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s unsecured accounts receivable are stated at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a monthly review of all outstanding amounts. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by regularly evaluating individual customer receivables and considering each customer’s financial condition, credit history and current economic conditions. The Company writes off accounts receivable when management deems them uncollectible and records recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off when received. When accounts receivable are considered past due, the Company generally does not charge interest on past due balances.

Foreign Currency Translation

All assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date. All amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are translated using the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders’ equity. Settlement of receivables and payables in a foreign currency that is not the functional currency result in foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in “Other gains (losses), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments with maturities greater than three months to twelve months at the time of purchase are considered short- term investments. Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Cash and bank deposits

  $44,952   $24,987 

Money market funds

   47,186    85,683 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $92,138   $110,670 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, current liabilities and the revolving line of credit approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. We believe that the carrying value of our long-term debt approximates fair value because the stated interest rates of this debt is consistent with current market rates. The carrying value of capital lease obligations approximates fair value, as estimated by using discounted future cash flows based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The fair values of the Company’s Trading Securities are estimated using quoted market prices. The fair value of the Company’s Notes payable is $66.7 million as of July 31, 2018, which represents the value at which its lenders could trade its debt with in the financial markets, and does not represent the settlement value of these debt liabilities to us. The fair value of the Notes payable could vary each period based on fluctuations in market interest rates, the Company’s stock price, as well as changes to the Company’s credit ratings. The Notes payable are traded and their fair values are based upon traded prices as of the reporting dates.

The defined benefit plans have assets invested in insurance contracts and bank managed portfolios. Conservation of capital with some conservative growth potential is the strategy for the plans. The Company’s pension plans are outside the United States, where asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees. Investment objectives are aligned to

generate returns that will enable the plans to meet their future obligations. The Company acts in a consulting and governance role in reviewing investment strategy and providing a recommended list of investment managers for each plan, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment manager made by local trustees.

ASC Topic 820 provides that fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 requires the Company to use valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2:

Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or market-corroborated inputs

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets or liabilities

Investments

Marketable securities held by the Company which meet the criteria for classification as trading securities oravailable-for-sale are carried at fair value. Gains and losses on securities classified as trading are reflected in other income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrealized holding gains and losses on securities classified asavailable-for-sale are carried net of income taxes, when applicable, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

The Company maintained interests in a small number of privately held companies primarily through its various venture capital funds. The Company’s venture capital investment portfolio, @Ventures, invested in early-stage technology companies. These investments are generally made in connection with a round of financing with other third-party investors. Investments in which the Company’s interest is less than 20% and which are not classified asavailable-for-sale securities, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting, and are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at is cost, is only adjusted for impairments to the investment. Gains and losses realized upon the sale of the investment are reflected in “Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. If it is determined that the Company exercises significant influence over the investee company, then the equity method of accounting is used. For those investments in which the Company’s voting interest is between 20% and 50%, the equity method of accounting is generally used. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at cost, is adjusted to recognize the Company’s share of net earnings or losses of the investee company as they occur, limited to the extent of the Company’s investment in, advances to and commitments for the investee.

The Company assesses the need to record impairment losses on its investments and records such losses when the impairment of an investment is determined to be other than temporary in nature. The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s net realizable value is less than its carrying cost requires a significant amount of judgment. This valuation process is based primarily on information that the Company obtains from these privately held companies who are not subject to the same disclosure and audit requirements as the reports required of U.S. public companies. As such, the timeliness and completeness of the data may vary. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it recorded impairment charges related to its investments in privately held companies of approximately $42 thousand for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016. These impairment losses are reflected in “Impairment of investments in affiliates” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At the time an equity method investee issues its stock to unrelated parties, the Company accounts for that share issuance as if the Company has sold a proportionate share of its investment. The Company records any gain or loss resulting from an equity method investee’s share issuance in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Funds held for clients

Funds held for clients represent assets that are restricted for use solely for the purposes of satisfying the obligations to remit client’s customer funds to the Company’s clients. These funds are classified as a current asset and a corresponding other current liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Inventory

We value the inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by both moving averages and thefirst-in,first-out methods. We continuously monitor inventory balances and record inventory provisions for any excess of the cost

of the inventory over its estimated net realizable value. We also monitor inventory balances for obsolescence and excess quantities as compared to projected demands. Our inventory methodology is based on assumptions about average shelf life of inventory, forecasted volumes, forecasted selling prices, contractual provisions with our clients, write-down history of inventory and market conditions. While such assumptions may change from period to period, in determining the net realizable value of our inventories, we use the best information available as of the balance sheet date. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, or we experience a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and client requirements, additional inventory provisions may be required. Once established, write-downs of inventory are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of inventory and cannot be reversed due to subsequent increases in demand forecasts.

IWCO’s inventory consists primarily of raw material (paper) used to produce direct mail packages andwork-in-process, finished goods are generally not a significant element of the inventory as they are generally mailed after the production and sorting process. With the acquisition of IWCO, the Company recorded a fair value“step-up” towork-in-process inventory of $7.2 million which was recognized as anon-cash charge to cost of revenues during the fiscal year 2018.

Inventories consisted of the following:

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Raw materials

  $23,208   $31,071 

Work-in-process

   16,147    713 

Finished goods

   8,431    2,585 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $47,786   $34,369 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Business Combinations and Valuation of Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets

We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets may include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, acquired technology and tradenames, useful lives, and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company follows ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (“ASC Topic 360”). Under ASC Topic 360, the Company tests certain long-lived assets or group of assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the Company may not be able to recover the asset’s carrying amount. ASC Topic 360 defines impairment as the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or group, including property and equipment and other intangible assets, exceeds its fair value. The Company evaluates recoverability by determining whether the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of that asset or group cover the carrying value at the evaluation date. If the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to cover the carrying value, the Company measures an impairment loss as the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or group over its fair value. Management may use third party valuation experts to assist in its determination of fair value.

The Company is required to test goodwill for impairment annually or if a triggering event occurs in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 350, “Goodwill and Other” (“ASC Topic 350”). The Company’s policy is to perform its annual impairment testing for its reporting units on July 31, of each fiscal year.

Acquired finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate the recoverability of our intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is performed at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying amount of property and equipment and intangible assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value.

Restructuring Expenses

The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations”, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. The statement requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when a liability has been incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The Company records liabilities that primarily include estimated severance and other costs related to employee benefits and certain estimated costs related to equipment and facility lease obligations and other service contracts. These contractual obligations principally represent future obligations undernon-cancelable real estate leases. Restructuring estimates relating to real estate leases involve consideration of a number of factors including: potential sublet rental rates, estimated vacancy period for the property, brokerage commissions and certain other costs. Estimates relating to potential sublet rates and expected vacancy periods are most likely to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations in the event that actual amounts differ significantly from estimates. These estimates involve judgment and uncertainties, and the settlement of these liabilities could differ materially from recorded amounts.

Property and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is provided on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The Company capitalizes certain computer software development costs when incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings32 years

Machinery & equipment

3 to 7 years

Furniture & fixtures

5 to 7 years

Automobiles

5 years

Software

3 to 8 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC Topic 740”), using the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. ASC Topic 740 also requires that the deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. This methodology is subjective and requires significant estimates and judgments in the determination of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and in the calculation of certain tax liabilities.

In accordance with ASC Topic 740, the Company applies the criteria that an individual tax position must satisfy for some or all of the benefits of that position to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold ofmore-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions is included in the “income tax expense” line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 15, “Income Taxes,” for additional information.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table reconciles earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

   Twelve Months Ended 
   July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 

Net income (loss)

  $36,715   $(25,827  $(61,281

Less: Preferred dividends on redeemable preferred stock

   (1,335   —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   35,380    (25,827   (61,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

5.25% Convertible Senior Notes

   7,079    —      —   

Redeemable preferred stock

   1,335    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders after assumed conversions

  $43,794   $(25,827  $(61,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   59,179    55,134    51,934 

Weighted average common equivalent shares arising from dilutive stock options, restricted stock, convertible notes and convertible preferred stock

   22,720    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common and potential common shares

   81,899    55,134    51,934 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.60   $(0.47  $(1.18

Diluted net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

  $0.53   $(0.47  $(1.18

Approximately 0.5 million, 14.2 million and 21.1 million common stock equivalent shares relating to the effects of outstanding stock options and restricted stock were excluded from the denominator in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The common stock equivalent shares excluded during the year ended July 31, 2018 were primarily excluded as the options wereout-of-the-money. The common stock equivalent shares excluded during the years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016 were primarily excluded as their effect would be anti-dilutive due to the fact that the Company recorded a net loss for those periods. Approximately 11.4 million and 16.5 million common shares outstanding associated with the convertible Notes, using theif-converted method, were excluded from the denominator in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company recognizes share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, “Compensation— Stock Compensation” (“ASC Topic 718”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share- based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

The Company estimates the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company uses a binomial-lattice option-pricing model (“binomial-lattice model”) for valuation of share-based awards with time-based vesting. The Company believes that the binomial-lattice model is an accurate model for valuing employee stock options since it reflects the impact of stock price changes on option exercise behavior. For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected performance achievement period of individual performance milestones when the achievement of each individual performance milestone becomes probable. For share-based awards based on market conditions, specifically, the Company’s stock price, the compensation cost and derived service periods are estimated using the Monte Carlo valuation method. The Company uses third party analyses to assist in developing the assumptions used in its binomial-lattice model and Monte Carlo valuations and the resulting fair value used to record compensation expense. The Company’s determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Any significant changes in these assumptions may materially affect the estimated fair value of the share-based award.

Major Clients and Concentration of Credit Risk

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s 10 largest clients accounted for approximately 44%, 70% and 71% of consolidated net revenue, respectively. No clients accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018. No clients accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s Net Accounts Receivable balance as of July 31, 2018. A computing market client accounted for approximately 13% and 3% of the Company’s Net Accounts Receivable balance as of July 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. A consumer electronics client accounted for approximately 11% and 16% of the Company’s Net Accounts Receivable balance as of July 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. To manage risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients’ financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the collectability of accounts receivable.

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalent portfolio is diversified and consists primarily of short-term investment grade securities placed with high credit quality financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at accredited financial institutions, and the balances associated with Funds Held for Clients are at times without and in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances and does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with financial institutions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update(“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.

The standard allows two methods of adoption: (i) retrospectively to each prior period presented (“full retrospective method”), or (ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized in retained earnings as of the date of adoption (“modified retrospective method”). The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method at the beginning of its first quarter of fiscal 2019.

The Company and its outside consultants has substantially completed the process of evaluating the potential effects on the consolidated financial statements and establishing new accounting policies and internal controls necessary to support the requirements of the new standard. Based on the analysis to date, the Company has identified the following potential impacts:

ModusLink’s revenue primarily comes from the sale of supply chain management services to its clients. Amounts billed to customers under these arrangements include revenue attributable to the services performed as well as for materials procured on the customer’s behalf as part of its service to them. Under existing guidance, revenue was recognized for services when the services were performed and for product sales when the products were shipped or in certain cases when products were completed and title had transferred, if the client had also contracted with us for warehousing and/or logistics services for a separate fee, assuming all other applicable revenue recognition criteria were met.

Under the new standard, the majority of our arrangements will consist of two distinct performance obligations (i.e., a warehousing/inventory management service and a separate kitting/packaging/assembly service), each of which will be recognized over time as services are performed using an input method based on the level of efforts expended. For the majority of the Company’s contracts under which the Company previously recognized revenue for services when the services were performed, the Company does not expect a material change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition as the input method corresponds with the transfer of value to the customer under the previous standard. However, for the limited population of contracts where the Company previously recognized revenues upon completion of all services and historically recognized revenue at a point in time (generally upon product shipment), the timing of revenue recognition will change in comparison to existing guidance as the Company’s performance enhances assets that the customer controls.

The Company has estimated that the impact of this change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition will result in an estimated increase to retained earnings of approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million and the recording of an unbilled asset in the same amount. The Company is currently refining this estimate and will record in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

We also recognize revenue from the sale of software in theCompany’s e-Business operations. Currently, revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses sold in multiple element arrangements is recognized ratably over the initial maintenance term, due to lack of Vendor Specific Objective Evidence (VSOE) for certain undelivered elements. The new standard will accelerate the recognition of revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses as the Company will allocate consideration between each performance obligation based on each item’s relative standalone selling price.

The Company has determined that it does not have any in process perpetual license arrangements at the date of adoption, as the balances at July 31, 2018 relate to maintenance renewal periods only. The Company did not identify any changes to the timing and manner of revenue recognition related to software contracts where the only performance obligation is the provision of software maintenance.

IWCO’s revenue is generated through the provision of data-driven marketing solutions, primarily through providing direct mail products to customers. Revenue recognized related to IWCO’s marketing solutions offerings, which typically consist of a single integrated performance obligation, was recognized at a point in time when the products were complete under existing guidance. Under the new standard, the majority of IWCO’s marketing solutions contracts will be recognized over time as the Company performs because the products have no alternative use to the Company and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

The Company has estimated that the impact of this change in the manner and timing of revenue recognition will result in an estimated adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $4.5 million to $6.0 million and the recording of an unbilled asset in the same amount. The Company is currently refining this estimate and will record in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

In addition, the new standard will require incremental contract acquisition costs (such as certain sales commissions) for customer contracts to be capitalized and amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the sales commissions or other costs relate. Currently, these costs are expensed as incurred. The Company has identified certain commissions programs where it expects that incremental costs will be capitalized and recognized over a period of greater than one year. As of the date of adoption, the total commission expense that has been incurred under the commissions programs that have been identified by the Company is not material and the Company does not expect to record an adjustment for commissions at the date of adoption.

The Company will be required to record cumulative effect adjustments to retained earnings (net of tax) upon adopting the new standard as of the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2018. The most significant of these adjustments will be to establish an asset and increase retained earnings related to the ModusLink supply chain management services contracts and IWCO marketing solutions contracts as noted above, given the changes to the manner and timing of revenue recognition upon adoption. The Company has not identified any other material adjustments that would need to be recorded at the time of adoption. Currently, the Company expects the cumulative effect adjustment to be within the range of $5.5 million to $8.0 million. The Company expects to finalize its estimates and record the cumulative effect adjustment for inclusion in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q.

In addition, the Company has determined the adoption of the standard will result in several additional disclosures, including but not limited to additional information around performance obligations, the timing of revenue recognition, remaining performance obligations at period end, contract assets and liabilities and significant judgments made that impact the amount and timing of revenue from our contracts with customers. These additional disclosures will be included in the Company’s first quarter report on Form10-Q. In addition, under the modified retrospective method of adoption, we will be required to disclose, for any periods presented which occurred prior to adoption, any significant revenue recognition differences under the new standard from what would have been recorded by us had historical revenue recognition guidance continued to be in effect for those periods.

This discussion of the expected effects of the Company’s adoption of ASC 606 represents management’s best estimates of the effects of adopting ASC 606 at the time of the preparation of this Annual Report on Form10-K. In order to finalize this assessment, we are continuing to update and enhance our internal accounting systems and internal controls over financial reporting.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic205-40), which amends the accounting guidance related to the evaluation of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The amendment establishes management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period. The update also gives guidance to determine whether to disclose information about relevant conditions and events when there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company adopted this guidance as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and has provided additional disclosures in accordance with the new standard.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330), which provides guidance related to inventory measurement. The new standard requires entities to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The Company adopted this guidance beginning the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-02, Leases, which requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the guidance will have on the Company’s financial statement disclosures, results of operations and financial position.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows. The Company retrospectively adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 by utilizing the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-18, Restricted Cash. When cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item on the balance sheet, the new guidance requires a reconciliation of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related captions in the balance sheet. Entities will also have to disclose the nature of their restricted cash and restricted cash equivalent balances, which is similar to what is required today for SEC Registrants. This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its consolidated financial statements but does not believe that implementing this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s current presentation and disclosures.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), which requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost be presented in the same line item as other employee compensation costs, while the other components be presented separately asnon-operating income (expense). This ASU will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. This new ASU will not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(3)

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The Company’s unsecured accounts receivable are stated at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a monthly review of all outstanding amounts. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by regularly evaluating individual customer receivables and considering each customer’s financial condition, credit history and current economic conditions. The Company writes off accounts receivable when management deems them uncollectible and records recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off when received. When accounts receivable are considered past due, the Company generally does not charge interest on past due balances. The allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:

   July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Balance at beginning of year

  $616   $489   $57 

Provisions charged to expense

   211    132    458 

Accounts written off

   (347   (5   (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $480   $616   $489 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, as a part of its working capital management, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with a third party financial institution for the sale of certain accounts receivables without recourse. The activity under this agreement was accounted for as a sale of accounts receivable under ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing”. This agreement related exclusively to the accounts receivables of one of the Company’s significant clients. The amount sold varied each month based on the amount of underlying receivables and cash flow requirements of the Company. The factoring agreement is permitted under the Company’s Credit Facility agreement. The total amount of accounts receivable factored was $38.0 million and $41.1 million for the years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The cost incurred on the sale of these receivables was

immaterial for years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The cost of selling these receivable is dependent upon the number of days between the sale date of the receivable and the date the client’s invoice is due and the interest rate. The interest rate associated with the sale of these receivables was equal to LIBOR plus 0.85%. The expense associated with the sale of these receivables is recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The factoring agreement was discontinued during the fiscal year 2018.

(4)

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at cost, consists of the following:

   July 31, 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands) 

Land

  $942   $—   

Buildings

   —      24,476 

Machinery and equipment

   97,149    24,504 

Leasehold improvements

   21,917    14,815 

Software

   52,082    48,536 

Other

   28,147    22,126 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   200,237    134,457 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (93,605   (115,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $106,632   $18,555 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An immaterial amount of assets are under capital leases are included in the amounts above.

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $16.8 million, $8.2 million and $8.1 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Depreciation expense within the Americas, Asia, Europe, Direct Marketing ande-Business was $1.1 million, $1.4 million, $1.3 million, $10.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2018. Depreciation expense within the Americas, Asia, Europe ande-Business was $1.2 million, $1.9 million, $1.8 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2017, and $1.5 million, $3.2 million, $2.6 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2016. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in the depreciation expense amounts.

During the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, the Company received $20.7 million in proceeds associated with the sale of property and equipment. During the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, the Company recognized $12.7 million in gains associated with the sale of property. During the year ended, July, 2016, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million to adjust the carrying value of its building in Kildare, Ireland to its estimated fair value. These charges are reflected in “impairment of long-lived assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(5)

INVESTMENTS

Trading securities

During the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, the Company sold all of its remaining publicly traded securities (“Trading Securities”). As a result, the Company received $13.8 million in proceeds associated with the sale of the Trading Securities, which included a cash gain of $4.6 million. During the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, the Company recognized $2.7 million in netnon-cash net losses associated with its Trading Securities.

During the twelve months ended July 31, 2017, the Company received $8.0 million in proceeds associated with the sale of Trading Securities, which included a $0.9 million cash gain. During the twelve months ended July 31, 2017, the Company recognized $2.2 million in netnon-cash net gains associated with its Trading Securities. During the twelve months ended July 31, 2016, the Company sold $57.2 million in publicly traded securities, with a realized gain of $6.4 million. These gains and losses were recorded as a component of Other gains (losses), net on the Statements of Operations.

As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have any investments in Trading Securities. As of July 31, 2017, the Company had $11.9 million in investments in Trading Securities.

Investments in affiliates

The Company maintained interests in a small number of privately held companies. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the value of these investments was fully impaired. As of July 31, 2018, the Company is not committed to fund anyfollow-on investments in any of the portfolio companies. Investments in which the Company’s interest is less than 20% and which are not classified asavailable-for-sale securities, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting, and are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at is cost, is only adjusted for impairments to the investment. Gains and losses realized upon the sale of the investment are reflected in “Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded gains of $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, associated with its cost method investments. If it is determined that the Company exercises significant influence over the investee company, then the equity method of accounting is used. For those investments in which the Company’s voting interest is between 20% and 50%, the equity method of accounting is generally used. Under this method, the investment balance, originally recorded at cost, is adjusted to recognize the Company’s share of net earnings or losses of the investee company as they occur, limited to the extent of the Company’s investment in, advances to and commitments for the investee.

(6)

ACQUISITION OF IWCO DIRECT

On December 15, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Company, MLGS Merger Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“MLGS”), IWCO Direct Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“IWCO”), CSC Shareholder Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (solely in its capacity as representative), and the stockholders of IWCO. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, MLGS was merged with and into IWCO, with IWCO surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “IWCO Acquisition”). The Company acquired IWCO as a part of the Company’s overall acquisition strategy to acquire profitable companies to utilize the Company’s tax net operating losses.

The Company acquired IWCO for total consideration of approximately $469.2 million, net of purchase price adjustments. The Company financed the IWCO Acquisition through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from a $393.0 million term loan made under the below described financing agreement with Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, net of $2.5 million received from escrow for working capital claims. The transaction price includedone-time transaction incentive awards of $3.5 million paid to executives upon closing that were related topre-existing management arrangements and were included as an element of the purchase price. In connection with the acquisition, the Company paid transaction costs of $1.5 million at acquisition which was recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expense. Goodwill related to the acquisition of IWCO is not deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

   As
Previously
Reported
   Adjustments   As
Revised
 
   (In thousands) 

Accounts receivable

  $47,841   $(433  $47,408 

Inventory

   27,165    5,829    32,994 

Other current assets

   7,427    3,574    11,001 

Property and equipment

   87,976    4,533    92,509 

Intangible assets

   210,920    2,330    213,250 

Goodwill

   259,085    (4,733   254,352 

Other assets

   3,040    (300   2,740 

Accounts payable

   (31,069   —      (31,069

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

   (35,790   (30,826   (66,616

Customer deposits

   (7,829   —      (7,829

Deferred income taxes

   (79,918   1,398    (78,520

Other liabilities

   (19,627   18,628    (999
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consideration

  $469,221   $—     $469,221 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired intangible assets include trademarks and tradenames valued at $20.5 million and customer relationships of $192.7 million. The preliminary fair value estimate of trademarks and tradenames was prepared utilizing a relief from royalties method of valuation, while the preliminary fair value estimate of customer relationships was prepared using a multi-period excess

earnings method of valuation. The trademarks and tradenames intangible asset will be amortized on a straight line basis over a 3 year estimated useful life. The customer relationship intangible asset will be amortized on a double-declining basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years. The acquired property and equipment consist mainly of machinery and equipment. The fair value of the acquired property and equipment was estimated using the cost approach to value, and applying industry standard normal useful lives and inflationary indices. In the preliminary allocation of the purchase price, the Company recognized $254.4 million of goodwill which arose primarily from the synergies in its business and the assembled workforce of IWCO. Our purchase price allocation for acquisitions completed during recent periods is preliminary and subject to revision as additional information about fair value of assets and liabilities becomes available. Additional information that existed as of the acquisition date but at that time was unknown to us, may become known to us during the remainder of the measurement period, a period not to exceed 12 months from the acquisition date. Adjustments in the purchase price allocation may require a recasting of the amounts allocated to goodwill retroactive to the period in which the acquisition occurred. The consolidated statement of operations, for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, includes net revenue of $299.4 million, operating income of $10.7 million, and a loss before income taxes of $11.4 million associated with IWCO.

The following unaudited pro forma financial results are based on the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements and IWCO’s historical consolidated financial statements as adjusted to give effect to the Company’s acquisition of IWCO and related transactions. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018 give effect to these transactions as if they had occurred on August 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma results presented do not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of August 1, 2016, nor do they indicate the results of operations in future periods. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma results do not include the impact of possible business model changes, nor do they consider any potential impacts of current market conditions or revenues, reduction of expenses, asset dispositions, or other factors. The impact of these items could alter the following pro forma results. The pro forma results were adjusted to reflect a fair value step-up to work-in-process inventory, as well as incremental depreciation and amortization based on preliminary fair value adjustments for the acquired property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. A reduction to interest expense is also reflected in the pro forma results to reflect the more favorable terms obtained with the new Credit Facility as compared to the interest rate under the former facility carried by IWCO. The pro forma results also reflect the reversal of the income tax valuation allowance that resulted from the acquisition in fiscal year 2017, rather than fiscal year 2018:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands) 

Net revenue

  $824,825   $891,373 

Net income (loss)

  $(17,148  $16,040 

(7)

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company conducts its goodwill impairment test on July 31 of each fiscal year. In addition, if and when events or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of any of its reporting units below its carrying value, an interim test is performed. In making this assessment, the Company relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and marketplace data. The Company’s goodwill of $254.4 million as of July 31, 2018 relates to the Company’s Direct Marketing reporting unit. There were no indicators of impairment identified related to the Company’s Direct Marketing reporting unit during the twelve months ended July 31, 2018.

Intangible assets, as of July 31, 2018, include trademarks and tradenames with a carrying balance of $16.2 million and customer relationships of $176.7 million. The trademarks and tradenames intangible asset are being amortized on a straight line basis over a 3 year estimated useful life. The customer relationship intangible asset are being amortized on a double-declining basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years. Intangible assets deemed to have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, where the useful life is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly, or indirectly, to its future cash flows. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. At least annually, the remaining useful life is evaluated. The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of July 31, 2018 is as follows (in thousands):

2019

  $30,396 

2020

   27,255 

2021

   20,258 

2022

   15,334 

2023

   11,427 

Thereafter

   88,294 
  

 

 

 
  $192,964 
  

 

 

 

(8)

RESTRUCTURING

The following tables summarize the activity in the restructuring accrual for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

   Employee
Related
Expenses
   Contractual
Obligations
   Total 
   (In thousands) 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2015

  $1,437   $91   $1,528 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   6,025 ��  1,536    7,561 

Restructuring adjustments

   (108   (32   (140

Cash paid

   (5,244   (641   (5,885

Non-cash adjustments

   (36   1    (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2016

   2,074    955    3,029 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   1,853    439    2,292 

Restructuring adjustments

   (416   91    (325

Cash paid

   (3,357   (1,419   (4,776

Non-cash adjustments

   (54   20    (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2017

   100    86    186 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   3    —      3 

Restructuring adjustments

   246    22    268 

Cash paid

   (88   (108   (196

Non-cash adjustments

   (165   —      (165
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2018

  $96   $—     $96 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $0.3 million which primarily consisted of $0.3 million of employee-related net adjustments of previously recorded accruals in the Americas.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $2.0 million. Of this amount, $1.5 million primarily related to the workforce reduction of 78 employees across all operating segments, and $0.5 million related to contractual obligations.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the Company recorded a net restructuring charge of $7.4 million. Of this amount, $5.9 million primarily related to the workforce reduction of 228 employees across all operating segments, and $1.5 million related to contractual obligations.

The net restructuring charges for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 would have been allocated as follows had the Company recorded the expense and adjustments within the functional department of the restructured activities:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Cost of revenue

  $9   $563   $4,812 

Selling, general and administrative

   262    1,404    2,609 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $271   $1,967   $7,421 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables summarize the restructuring accrual by operating segment for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

   Americas  Asia  Europe  e-Business  Consolidated
Total
 
   (In thousands) 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2015

  $235  $253  $1,026  $14  $1,528 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   1,885   2,293   2,353   1,030   7,561 

Restructuring adjustments

   —     (46  (94  —     (140

Cash paid

   (1,258  (1,563  (2,895  (169  (5,885

Non-cash adjustments

   —     (43  8   —     (35
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2016

   862   894   398   875   3,029 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   500   972   698   122   2,292 

Restructuring adjustments

   (162  (154  (75  66   (325

Cash paid

   (1,172  (1,672  (984  (948  (4,776

Non-cash adjustments

   23   (40  (14  (3  (34
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2017

   51   —     23   112   186 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

   —     —     —     3   3 

Restructuring adjustments

   257   1   2   8   268 

Cash paid

   (88  —     —     (108  (196

Non-cash adjustments

   (167  (1  (25  28   (165
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring balance at July 31, 2018

  $53  $—    $—    $43  $96 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(9)

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The following schedules reflect the components of “Accrued expenses” and “Other Current Liabilities”:

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Accrued taxes

  $29,804   $2,272 

Accrued compensation

   25,603    10,678 

Accrued interest

   1,437    1,366 

Accrued audit, tax and legal

   3,264    2,759 

Accrued contract labor

   1,932    1,632 

Accrued worker’s compensation

   6,126    —   

Accrued other

   20,164    19,191 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $88,330   $37,898 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Accrued pricing liabilities

  $18,882   $18,882 

Customer postage deposits

   12,638    —   

Other

   10,509    7,259 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $42,029   $26,141 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had accrued pricing liabilities of approximately $18.9 million. As previously reported by the Company, several principal adjustments were made to its historic financial statements for periods ending on or before January 31, 2012, the most significant of which related to the treatment of vendor rebates in its pricing policies. Where the retention of a rebate or amark-up was determined to have been inconsistent with a client contract (collectively referred to as “pricing adjustments”), the Company concluded that these amounts were not properly recorded as revenue. Accordingly, revenue was reduced by an equivalent amount for the period that the rebate was estimated to have been affected. A corresponding liability for the same amount was recorded in that period (referred to as accrued pricing liabilities). The Company believes that it may not ultimately be required to pay all of the accrued pricing liabilities based upon the expiration of statutes of limitations, and due in part to the nature of the interactions with its clients. The remaining accrued pricing liabilities at July 31, 2018 will be derecognized when there is sufficient information for the Company to conclude that such liabilities are not subject to escheatment and have been extinguished, which may occur through payment, legal release, or other legal or factual determination. The Company has not provided for any provision for interest and or penalties related to escheatment as it has concluded that such is not probable to occur and any potential interest and penalties cannot be reasonably estimated.

(10)

DEBT

5.25% Convertible Senior Notes Payable

On March 18, 2014, the Company entered into an indenture (the “Indenture”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s issuance of $100 million of 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the Notes). The Notes bear interest at the rate of 5.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2014. The Notes will mature on March 1, 2019, unless earlier repurchased or restructured by the Company or converted by the holder in accordance with their terms prior to such maturity date.

Holders of the Notes may convert all or any portion of their notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option at any time prior to the close of business or the business day immediately preceding the maturity date. Each $1,000 of principal of the Notes will initially be convertible into 166.2593 shares of our common stock, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $6.01 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, or, if the Company obtains the required consent from its stockholders, into shares of the Company’s common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company has received stockholder approval, and it elects to settle conversions through the payment of cash or payment or delivery of a combination of cash and shares, the Company’s conversion obligation will be based on the volume weighted average prices (“VWAP”) of its common stock for each VWAP trading day in a 40 VWAP trading day observation period. The Notes and any of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion have not been registered. As of July 31, 2018, theif-converted value of the Notes did not exceed the principal value of the Notes.

Holders will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, subject to certain conditions. No fundamental changes occurred during the year ended July 31, 2018.

The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to the mandatory date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes. The Company will have the right to elect to cause the mandatory conversion of the Notes in whole, and not in part, at any time on or after March 6, 2017, if the last reported sale price of its common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company notifies holders of its election to mandatorily convert the Notes, during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company notifies holders of its election to mandatorily convert the notes.

Per the Indenture, if the Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP or the Notes are not otherwise freely tradable by holders at any time during the three months immediately preceding as of the 365th day after the last date of original issuance of the Notes, the Company shall pay additional interest on the Notes at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes

outstanding until the restrictive legend on the Notes has been removed. The restrictive legend was removed on August 26, 2015 and, as such, the Company paid $0.2 million in additional interest associated with this restriction.

The Company has valued the debt using similar nonconvertible debt as of the original issuance date of the Notes and bifurcated the conversion option associated with the Notes from the host debt instrument and recorded the conversion option of $28.1 million in stockholders’ equity prior to the allocation of debt issuance costs. The initial value of the equity component, which reflects the equity conversion feature, is equal to the initial debt discount. The resulting debt discount on the Notes is being accreted to interest expense at the effective interest rate over the estimated life of the Notes. The equity component is included in the additionalpaid-in-capital portion of stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the debt issuance costs of $3.4 million are allocated between the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the proceeds. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted ASUNo. 2015-03. As such, the issuance costs allocated to the liability component ($2.5 million) are capitalized as a reduction of the principal amount of the Notes payable on the Company’s balance sheet and amortized, using the effective-interest method, as additional interest expense over the term of the Notes. The issuance costs allocated to the equity component is recorded as a reduction to additionalpaid-in capital.

During the year ended July 31, 2017, the Company purchased $2.0 million in face value of the Notes in the open market at a purchase price of $1.8 million. The gain of $0.1 million on this transaction is presented as a component of other gains and losses. The fair value of the Company’s Notes payable, calculated as of the closing price of the traded securities, was $66.7 million and $63.9 million as of July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, respectively. This value does not represent the settlement value of these debt liabilities to the Company. The fair value of the Notes payable could vary each period based on fluctuations in market interest rates, as well as changes to our credit ratings. The Notes payable are traded and their fair values are based upon traded prices as of the reporting dates. As of July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the net carrying value of the Notes was $64.5 million and $59.8 million, respectively.

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Carrying amount of equity component (net of allocated debt issuance costs)

  $26,961   $26,961 

Principal amount of Notes

  $67,625   $67,625 

Unamortized debt discount

   (2,843   (7,227

Unamortized debt issuance costs

   (252   (640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

  $64,530   $59,758 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2018, the remaining period over which the unamortized discount will be amortized is 7 months.

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Interest expense related to contractual interest coupon

  $3,655   $3,651   $5,159 

Interest expense related to accretion of the discount

   4,384    3,919    4,967 

Interest expense related to debt issuance costs

   388    347    439 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $8,427   $7,917   $10,565 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized interest expense of $8.4 million, $7.9 million and $10.6 million associated with the Notes, respectively. The effective interest rate on the Notes, including amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of the discount, is 13.9%. The notes bear interest of 5.25%.

PNC Bank Credit Facility

On June 30, 2014, two direct and wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company (the “ModusLink Borrowers”) entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), as borrowers and guarantors, with PNC Bank and National Association, as lender and as agent, respectively.

The Credit Agreement has a five (5) year term which expires on June 30, 2019. It includes a maximum credit commitment of $50.0 million, is available for letters of credit (with a sublimit of $5.0 million) and has a $20.0 million uncommitted accordion feature. The actual maximum credit available under the Credit Agreement varies from time to time and is determined by calculating the applicable borrowing base, which is based upon applicable percentages of the values of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory minus reserves determined by the Agent (including other reserves that the Agent may establish from time to time in its permitted discretion), all as specified in the Credit Agreement.

Generally, borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the ModusLink Borrowers’ option, either (a) LIBOR (adjusted to reflect any required bank reserves) for an interest period equal to one, two or three months (as selected by the ModusLink Borrowers) plus a margin of 2.25% per annum or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base commercial lending rate publicly announced from time to time by PNC Bank, National Association, (2) the sum of the Federal Funds Open Rate in effect on such day plus one half of one percent (0.5%) per annum, or (3) the LIBOR rate (adjusted to reflect any required bank reserves) in effect on such day plus 1.00% per annum. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Credit Agreement, the ModusLink Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder, of 0.25% per annum, paid quarterly in arrears. The ModusLink Borrowers are also required to pay a customary letter of credit fee equal to the applicable margin on revolving credit LIBOR loans and fronting fees.

Obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the ModusLink Borrowers’ existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain limited exceptions; and the Credit Agreement is secured by security interests in substantially all the ModusLink Borrowers’ assets and the assets of each subsidiary guarantor, whether owned as of the closing or thereafter acquired, including a pledge of 100.0% of the equity interests of each subsidiary guarantor that is a domestic entity (subject to certain limited exceptions) and 65.0% of the voting equity interests of any direct first tier foreign entity owned by either ModusLink Borrower or by a subsidiary guarantor. The Company is not a borrower or a guarantor under the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains certain customary negative covenants, which include limitations on mergers and acquisitions, the sale of assets, liens, guarantees, investments, loans, capital expenditures, dividends, indebtedness, changes in the nature of business, transactions with affiliates, the creation of subsidiaries, changes in fiscal year and accounting practices, changes to governing documents, compliance with certain statutes, and prepayments of certain indebtedness. The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants (including periodic reporting obligations) and events of default, including upon a change of control. The Credit Agreement requires compliance with certain financial covenants providing for maintenance of specified liquidity, maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and/or maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio following the occurrence of certain events and/or prior to taking certain actions, all as more fully described in the Credit Agreement. The Company believes that the Credit Agreement provides greater financial flexibility to the Company and the ModusLink Borrowers and may enhance their ability to consummate one or several larger and/or more attractive acquisitions and should provide the Company’s clients and/or potential clients with greater confidence in the Company’s and the ModusLink Borrowers’ liquidity. During the year ended July 31, 2018, the Company did not meet the criteria that would cause its financial covenants to be applicable. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any balance outstanding on the PNC Bank credit facility.

Cerberus Credit Facility

On December 15, 2017, MLGS, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Financing Agreement (the “Financing Agreement”), by and among the MLGS (as the initial borrower), Instant Web, LLC, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IWCO (as “Borrower”), IWCO, and certain of IWCO’s subsidiaries (together with IWCO, the “Guarantors”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the lenders. MLGS was the initial borrower under the Financing Agreement, but immediately upon the consummation of the IWCO Acquisition, as described above, Borrower became the borrower under the Financing Agreement.

The Financing Agreement provides for $393.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) (together, the “Cerberus Credit Facility”). Proceeds of the Cerberus Credit Facility were used (i) to finance a portion of the IWCO Acquisition, (ii) to repay certain existing indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes and (iv) to pay fees and expenses related to the Financing Agreement and the IWCO Acquisition.

The Cerberus Credit Facility has a maturity of five years. Borrowings under the Cerberus Credit Facility bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at a Reference Rate plus 3.75% or a LIBOR Rate plus 6.5%, each as defined the Financing Agreement. The initial interest rate under the Cerberus Credit Facility is at the LIBOR Rate option.

The Term Loan under the Cerberus Credit Facility is repayable in consecutive quarterly installments, each of which will be in an amount equal per quarter of $1.5 million and each such installment to be due and payable, in arrears, on the last day of each calendar quarter commencing on March 31, 2018 and ending on the earlier of (a) December 15, 2022 and (b) upon the payment in full of all obligations under the Financing Agreement and the termination of all commitments under the Financing Agreement. Further, the Term Loan would be permanently reduced pursuant to certain mandatory prepayment events including an annual “excess cash flow sweep” of 50% of the consolidated excess cash flow, with a step-down to 25% when the Leverage Ratio (as

defined in the Financing Agreement) is below 3.50:1.00; provided that, in any calendar year, any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan shall be credited against the Borrower’s “excess cash flow” prepayment obligations on adollar-for-dollar basis for such calendar year.

Borrowings under the Financing Agreement are fully guaranteed by the Guarantors and are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors and a pledge of all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each of IWCO’s subsidiaries.

The Financing Agreement contains certain representations, warranties, events of default, mandatory prepayment requirements, as well as certain affirmative and negative covenants customary for financing agreements of this type. These covenants include restrictions on borrowings, investments and dispositions, as well as limitations on the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors to make certain capital expenditures and pay dividends. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the Financing Agreement, the lenders under the Financing Agreement may, among other things, terminate all commitments and declare all or a portion of the loans under the Financing Agreement immediately due and payable and increase the interest rate at which loans and obligations under the Financing Agreement bear interest.

On May 9, 2018, IWCO entered into a Waiver and Amendment No.1 to Financing Agreement (the “Amendment No. 1”) in order to, among other things, amend the definition of “Fiscal Year” to mean the twelve (12) month period ending on July 31st of each calendar year for IWCO and its subsidiaries and to make other related conforming changes to the Financing Agreement. Amendment No.1 also waived an event of default existing under the Financing Agreement that resulted from the failure of the Borrower and the Guarantors to deliver certain financial statements and an opinion for the Fiscal Year, which, prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No.1, was based on a year ending on December 31st of each year. The Company anticipates delivering the required financial statements and opinion for the “Fiscal Year” ended July 31, 2018, as now required under the amended Financing Agreement. There were no events of default under the Financing Agreement during the twelve months ended July 31, 2018 (after giving effect to the above-described waiver).

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted ASUNo. 2015-03. As such, the debt issuance costs are capitalized as a reduction of the principal amount of Term Loan on the Company’s balance sheet and amortized, using the effective-interest method, as additional interest expense over the term of the Term Loan. As of July 31, 2018, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the Revolving Facility. As of July 31, 2018, the principal amount outstanding on the Term Loan was $390.0 million. As of July 31, 2018, the current and long-term net carrying value of the Term Loan was $388.8 million.

   July 31, 2018 
   (In thousands) 

Principal amount outstanding on the Term Loan

  $390,000 

Unamortized debt issuance costs

   (1,162
  

 

 

 

Net carrying value of the Term Loan

  $388,838 
  

 

 

 

(11)

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases facilities and certain machinery and equipment under variousnon-cancelable operating leases and executory contracts expiring through December 2021. Certainnon-cancelable leases are classified as capital leases and the leased assets are included in property, plant and equipment, at cost. Future annual minimum payments, including restructuring related obligations as of July 31, 2018, are as follows:

   Operating
Leases
   Capital
Lease
Obligations
   Purchase
Obligations
   Debt
Principal
& Interest
   Total 
   (In thousands) 

For the fiscal years ended July 31:

          

2019

  $17,367   $79   $37,920   $108,792   $164,158 

2020

   12,796    70    —      37,135    50,001 

2021

   9,980    59    —      36,653    46,692 

2022

   7,175    28    —      36,170    43,373 

2023

   3,802    —      —      383,191    386,993 

Thereafter

   24,689    —      —      —      24,689 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $75,809   $236   $37,920   $601,941   $715,906 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent and equipment lease expense charged to continuing operations was $19.2 million, $15.6 million and $17.3 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

From time to time, the Company agrees to provide indemnification to its clients in the ordinary course of business. Typically, the Company agrees to indemnify its clients for losses caused by the Company. As of July 31, 2018, the Company had no recorded liabilities with respect to these arrangements.

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which the Company has not received the goods or services. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust the Company’s requirements based on its business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.

Legal Proceedings

On April 13, 2018, a purported shareholder, Donald Reith, filed a verified complaint, Reith v. Lichtenstein, et al., 2018-0277 (Del. Ch.) in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The complaint alleges class and derivative claims for breach of fiduciary duty and/or aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment against the Company’s Board of Directors, Warren Lichtenstein, Glen Kassan, William T. Fejes, Jack L. Howard, Jeffrey J. Fenton, Philip E. Lengyel and Jeffrey S. Wald; and stockholders Steel Holdings, Steel Partners, L.P., SPHG Holdings, Handy & Harman Ltd. and WHX CS Corp. (collectively, “Steel Parties”) in connection with the acquisition of $35 million of the Series C Preferred Stock by SPHG Holdings and equity grants made to Lichtenstein, Howard and Fejes on December 15, 2017 (collectively, “Challenged Transactions”). The Company is named as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges that although the Challenged Transactions were approved by a Special Committee consisting of the independent members of the Board (Messrs. Fenton, Lengyel and Wald), the Steel Parties dominated and controlled the Special Committee, who approved the Challenged Transactions in breach of their fiduciary duty. Plaintiff alleges that the Challenged Transactions unfairly diluted shareholders and therefore unjustly enriched Steel Holdings, SPHG Holdings and Messrs. Lichtenstein, Howard and Fejes. The complaint also alleges that the Board made misleading disclosures in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2017 Meeting in connection with seeking approval to amend the 2010 Incentive Award Plan to authorize the issuance of additional shares to accommodate certain shares underlying the equity grants. Remedies requested include rescission of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and equity grants, disgorgement of any unjustly obtained property or compensation and monetary damages.

On June 8, 2018, defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to plead demand futility and failure to state a claim. The motions are fully briefed, and argument is scheduled for March 5, 2019. Discovery is stayed pending a decision on the motions to dismiss. Because the litigation is at an early stage and motions to dismiss are pending, we are unable at this time to provide a calculation of potential damages or litigation loss that is probable or estimable. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses, will deny liability, and intends to defend this litigation vigorously.

(12)

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS

During the year ended July 31, 2017, the Company terminated the defined benefit pension plan (the “Taiwan Plan”) covering certain of its employees in its Taiwan facility. As of the Taiwan Plan termination date, the fair value of the Taiwan Plan assets were in excess of the project benefit obligation. The Company received $0.9 million in cash proceeds associated with the termination of this defined benefit pension plan. The termination of this defined benefit pension plan did not result in a gain or loss for the year ended July 31, 2017.

As of July 31, 2018, the Company sponsored two defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its employees in its Netherlands facility and one unfunded defined benefit pension plan covering certain of its employees in Japan. Pension costs are actuarially determined.

The plan assets are primarily related to the defined benefit plan associated with the Company’s Netherlands facility. It consists of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value, which is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs, primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The following table presents the plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 31, 2018 and 2017, classified by fair value hierarchy:

          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using 
(In thousands)  July 31, 2018   Asset
Allocations
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Insurance contract

  $22,339    98 $—     $—     $22,339 

Other investments

   521    2      521 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $22,860    100 $—     $—     $22,860 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using 
(In thousands)  July 31, 2017   Asset
Allocations
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Insurance contract

  $20,726    98 $—     $—     $20,726 

Other investments

   478    2  —      —      478 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $21,204    100 $—     $—     $21,204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate change in benefit obligation and plan assets related to these plans was as follows:

   July 31, 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $27,464   $31,667 

Service cost

   398    700 

Interest cost

   671    573 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   1,655    (6,814

Employee contributions

   93    103 

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

   (372   (157

Adjustments

   (54   —   

Settlements

   (21   (279

Effect of curtailment

   —      —   

Currency translation

   15    1,671 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   29,849    27,464 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   21,204    25,473 

Actual return on plan assets

   1,541    (5,005

Employee contributions

   402    104 

Employer contributions (withdrawals), net

   92    (342

Settlements

   (21   (279

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

   (372   (157

Currency translation

   14    1,410 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   22,860    21,204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

    

Assets

   —      —   

Current liability

   (13   (12

Noncurrent liability

   (6,976   (6,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized in statement of financial position as a noncurrent asset (liability)

  $(6,989  $(6,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation was approximately $27.7 million and $25.5 million at July 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets was as follows:

   July 31, 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands) 

Projected benefit obligation

  $29,849   $27,464 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $27,700   $25,531 

Fair value of plan assets

  $22,860   $21,204 

Components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Service cost

  $398   $700   $632 

Interest costs

   671    573    637 

Expected return on plan assets

   (529   (457   (491

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

   125    201    222 

Curtailment gain

   —      —      (844
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension costs

  $665   $1,017   $156 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension costs in fiscal year 2019 is approximately $4.8 million related to amortization of a net actuarial loss and prior service cost.

Assumptions:

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations was as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018  2017  2016 

Discount rate

   2.22  2.47  1.72

Rate of compensation increase

   1.93  1.93  1.92

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost was as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018  2017  2016 

Discount rate

   2.21  1.69  1.95

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   2.20  1.69  2.41

Rate of compensation increase

   1.94  1.91  1.83

The discount rate reflects the Company’s best estimate of the interest rate at which pension benefits could be effectively settled as of the valuation date. It is based on the Mercer Yield Curve for the Eurozone as per July 31, 2018 for the appropriate duration of the plan.

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumptions consideration is given to the current level of expected returns on risk free investments, the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for the future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the portfolio.

Benefit payments:

The following table summarizes expected benefit payments from the plans through fiscal year 2026. Actual benefit payments may differ from expected benefit payments. The minimum required contributions to the plans are expected to be approximately $0.4 million in fiscal year 2019.

   Pension Benefit
Payments
 
   (in thousands) 

For the fiscal years ended July 31:

  

2018

   163 

2019

   213 

2020

   256 

2021

   257 

2022

   307 

Next 5 years

   2,352 

The current target allocations for plan assets are primarily insurance contracts. The market value of plan assets using Level 3 inputs is approximately $22.3 million.

Valuation Technique:

Benefit obligations are computed using the projected unit credit method. Benefits are attributed to service based on the plan’s benefit formula. Cumulative gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the pension benefit obligation or market-related value of plan assets are amortized over the expected average remaining future service of the current active membership.

(13)

OTHER GAINS (LOSSES), NET

The following schedule reflects the components of “Other gains (losses), net”:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)

  $1,055   $199   $(593

Gain (losses), net on Trading Securities

   1,876    3,128    (5,920

Other, net

   (708   (127   756 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,223   $3,200   $(5,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $2.2 million for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018. The balance consists primarily of $1.9 million in net gains associated with sale of publicly traded securities (“Trading Securities”), $1.1 million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains, offset by $(0.6) million in losses associated with the disposal of assets at IWCO.

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $3.2 million for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017. The balance consists primarily of $2.2 million and $0.9 million, in netnon-cash and cash gains, respectively, associated with its Trading Securities, and $0.2 million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains, offset by other gain and losses.

Other gains (losses), net totaled approximately $(5.8) million for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016. The balance consists primarily of $(12.3) million and $6.4 million, in netnon-cash and cash gains and (losses), respectively, associated with its Trading Securities, $0.8 million innon-cash gains associated with the repurchase of the Company’s Notes and $(0.6) million in net realized and unrealized foreign exchange losses, offset by other gain and losses.

(14)

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Stock Option Plans

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company had outstanding awards for stock options under two plans: the 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended (the “2010 Plan”) and the 2005Non-Employee Director Plan (the “2005 Plan”). Historically,

the Company has had the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), the 2002Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), and the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Options granted under the 2010 Plan are generally exercisable as to 25% of the shares underlying the options beginning one year after the date of grant, with the option being exercisable as to the remaining shares in equal monthly installments over the next three years. The Company may also grant awards other than stock options under the 2010 Plan. Options granted under the 2005 plan are exercisable in equal monthly installments over three years, and have a term of ten years. As of December 2010, no additional grants may be issued under this plan. Stock options granted under all other plans have contractual terms of seven years.

On December 15, 2017, under the 2010 Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon the recommendation of the Special Committee and the Compensation Committee, approved 4.0 million restricted stock grants and 1.5 million market performance based restricted stock grants tonon-employee directors of the Company (See note 21). The 4.0 million restricted stock vested immediately on the grant date. The 1.5 million market performance based restricted stock grants do not expire and vest upon the attainment of target stock price hurdles. As of July 31, 2018, 1.0 million of the market performance based restricted stock grants had met the target stock price hurdles.

Under the 2010 Plan, pursuant to which the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other equity-based awards for the issuance of (i) 11,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company plus (ii) the number of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Company’s 2000 Plan, 2002 Plan and 2004 Plan (collectively, the “Prior Plans”) that expire or are forfeited following December 8, 2010, the effective date of the 2010 Plan. As of December 8, 2010, the Company ceased making any further awards under its Prior Plans. As of December 8, 2010, the effective date of the 2010 Plan, there were an additional 2,922,258 shares of common stock underlying equity awards issued under the Company’s Prior Plans. This amount represents the maximum number of additional shares that may be added to the 2010 Plan should these awards expire or be forfeited subsequent to December 8, 2010. Any awards that were outstanding under the Prior Plans as of the effective date continued to be subject to the terms and conditions of such Prior Plan. As of July 31, 2018, 4,803,835 shares were available for future issuance under the 2010 Plan.

The Board of Directors administers all stock plans, approves the individuals to whom options will be granted, and determines the number of shares and exercise price of each option and may delegate this authority to a committee of the Board or to certain officers of the Company in accordance with SEC regulations and applicable Delaware law.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company offers to its employees an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (the “ESPP”) under which an aggregate of 600,000 shares of the Company’s stock may be issued. Employees who elect to participate in the ESPP instruct the Company to withhold a specified amount through payroll deductions during each quarterly period. On the last business day of each applicable quarterly payment period, the amount withheld is used to purchase the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 85% of the lower of the market price on the first or last business day of the quarterly period. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company issued approximately 10,000, 11,000 and 30,000 shares, respectively, under the ESPP. Approximately 126,000 shares are available for future issuance as of July 31, 2018.

Stock Option Valuation and Expense Information

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, employee stock purchases and nonvested shares for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 

Cost of revenue

  $14   $53   $96 

Selling, general and administrative

   10,787    628    1,030 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $10,801   $681   $1,126 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant using a binomial-lattice model. No employee stock options were granted during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017. The weighted-average grant date fair value of employee stock options granted during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2016 was $1.11, using the binomial-lattice model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
2016

Expected volatility

55.80

Risk-free interest rate

1.28

Expected term (in years)

4.41

Expected dividend yield

0.00

The volatility assumption for fiscal year 2016 is based on the weighted-average of the historical volatility of the Company’s common shares for a period equal to the expected term of the stock option awards.

The weighted-average risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the interpolation of various U.S. Treasury rates, as of the month of the grants.

The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on historical option activity. The determination of the expected term of employee stock options assumes that employees’ exercise behavior is comparable to historical option activity. The binomial-lattice model estimates the probability of exercise as a function of time based on the entire history of exercises and cancellations on all past option grants made by the Company. The expected term generated by these probabilities reflects actual and anticipated exercise behavior of options granted historically.

As share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Stock Options

A summary of option activity for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018 is as follows:

   Number of
Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
   (in thousands, except exercise price and years) 

Stock options outstanding, July 31, 2017

   573  $4.36     

Granted

   —     —       

Exercised

   —     —       

Forfeited or expired

   (135  5.51     
  

 

 

      

Stock options outstanding, July 31, 2018

   438   3.99    1.91   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock options exercisable, July 31, 2018

   433  $4.00    1.89   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2018, unrecognized share-based compensation related to stock options was immaterial. This cost is expected to be expensed over a weighted average period of 0.9 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was immaterial.

As of July 31, 2018, there were 0.4 million stock options that were vested and expected to vest in the future with a weighted- average remaining contractual term of 1.9 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of these awards is immaterial.

Nonvested Stock

Nonvested stock consists of shares of common stock that are subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture until the fulfillment of specified conditions. Nonvested stock is expensed ratably over the term of the restriction period, ranging from one to five years unless there are performance restrictions placed on the nonvested stock, in which case the nonvested stock is expensed using graded vesting. Nonvested stock compensation expense for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $10.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

A summary of the activity of the Company’s nonvested stock for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, is as follows:

   Number
of Shares
   Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
   (share amounts in thousands) 

Nonvested stock outstanding, July 31, 2017

   296   $—   

Granted

   7,999    1.45 

Vested

   (7,081   1.62 

Forfeited

   (49   1.62 
  

 

 

   

Nonvested stock outstanding, July 31, 2018

   1,165   $0.44 
  

 

 

   

The fair value of nonvested shares is determined based on the market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The total grant date fair value of nonvested stock that vested during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $11.5 million, $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As of July 31, 2018, there was approximately $1.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years.

(15)

INCOME TAXES

The components of loss from continuing operations before provision for income taxes are as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018  2017  2016 
   (In thousands) 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes:

    

U.S.

  $(60,574 $(34,884 $(69,861

Foreign

   25,286   10,475   13,234 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loss from operations before income taxes

  $(35,288 $(24,409 $(56,627
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense have been recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018  2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Income tax expense (benefit) from operations

   (71,202  2,696    5,443 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $(71,202 $2,696   $5,443 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense from operations consist of the following:

   Twelve Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2018  2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Current provision

     

Federal

  $—    $—     $—   

State

   —     —      —   

Foreign

   7,592   2,298    3,090 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,592   2,298    3,090 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred provision:

     

Federal

   (76,168  —      —   

State

   (2,352  —      —   

Foreign

   (274  398    2,353 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (78,794  398    2,353 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

  $(71,202 $2,696   $5,443 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended July 31, 2017, the Company elected to early adopt ASUNo. 2015-17, which requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. This guidance allows for adoption on either a prospective or retrospective basis. As of July 31, 2018, the Company recorded anon-current deferred tax asset of $1.6 million and anon-current deferred tax liability of $0.1 million in Other Assets, and Other Long-term Liabilities, respectively. As of July 31, 2017, the Company recorded anon-current deferred tax asset of $1.9 million and anon-current deferred tax liability of $0.7 million in Other Assets and Other Long-term Liabilities, respectively. The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

   July 31,
2018
  July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Accruals and reserves

  $16,070  $12,193 

Tax basis in excess of financial basis of investments in affiliates

   6,232   18,332 

Tax basis in excess of financial basis for intangible and fixed assets

   311   7,689 

Net operating loss and capital loss carry forwards

   468,129   751,435 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

   490,742   789,649 

Less: valuation allowance

   (438,467  (771,884
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $52,275  $17,765 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Financial basis in excess of tax basis for intangible and fixed assets

  $(50,141 $(784

Convertible Debt

   (634  (2,655

Undistributed accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries

   —     (13,150
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

   (50,775  (16,589
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  $1,500  $1,176 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018 was a decrease of approximately $333.4 million. This decrease is primarily due to the remeasurement of the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities discussed below. A valuation allowance has been recorded against the gross deferred tax asset in the U.S and certain foreign subsidiaries since management believes that after considering all the available objective evidence, both positive and negative, historical and prospective, it is more likely than not that certain assets will not be realized. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017 was an increase of approximately $11.0 million.

The Company has certain deferred tax benefits, including those generated by net operating losses and certain other tax attributes (collectively, the “Tax Benefits”). The Company’s ability to use these Tax Benefits could be substantially limited if it were to experience an “ownership change,” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In general, an ownership change would occur if there is a greater than50-percentage point change in ownership of securities by stockholders owning (or deemed to own under Section 382 of the Code) five percent or more of a corporation’s securities over a rolling three-year period.

On January 19, 2018, our Board adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the “Tax Plan”) with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”). The Tax Plan is designed to preserve the Company’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits and is similar to plans adopted by other public companies with significant Tax Benefits. The Board asked the Company’s stockholders to approve, and the stockholders did so approve, the Tax Plan at its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on April 12, 2018 (the “2017 Meeting”).

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of approximately $2.1 billion and $150.6 million, respectively, as of July 31, 2018. The Company’s s ability to use its Tax Benefits would be substantially limited if the Company undergoes an “ownership change” (within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code). The Tax Plan is intended to prevent an “ownership change” of the Company that would impair the Company’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits.

As part of the Tax Plan, the Board declared a dividend of one right (a “Right”) for each share of Common Stock then outstanding. The dividend was payable to holders of record as of the close of business on January 29, 2018. Any shares of Common Stock issued after January 29, 2018, will be issued together with the Rights. Each Right initially represents the right to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of newly created Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

On March 6, 2018, the Board, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation designed to protect the tax benefits of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards by preventing certain transfers of our securities that could result in an “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382 of the Code) (the “Protective Amendment”). The Protective Amendment was approved and adopted by the Company’s stockholders at the 2017 Meeting and was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2018.

In accordance with the Protective Amendment, Handy & Harman (“HNH”), a related party, requested, and the Company granted HNH and its affiliates, a waiver under the Protective Amendment to permit their acquisition of up to 45% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock in the aggregate (subject to proportionate adjustment, the “45% Cap”), in addition to acquisitions of common stock in connection with the exercise of certain warrants of the Company (the “Warrants”) held by Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“SPH”), an affiliate of HNH, as well as a limited waiver under Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law for this purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HNH and its affiliates (and any group of which HNH or any of its affiliates is a member) are not permitted to acquire securities that would result in an “ownership change” of the Company for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that would have the effect of impairing any of the Company’s NOLs. The foregoing waiver was approved by the independent directors of the Company.

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act (“TCJA”), was signed into law. Among other things, the Tax Act permanently lowers the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% from the existing maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction of the corporate federal income tax rate to 21%, U.S. GAAP requires companies to revalue their deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of the date of enactment, with the resulting tax effects accounted for in the reporting period of enactment. This revaluation resulted in a provision of $280.4 million to income tax expense in continuing operations and a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. As a result, there was no impact to the Company’s income statement as a result of reduction in tax rates. The total provision of $280.4 million included a provision of $305.9 million to income tax expense for the Company and a benefit of $25.5 million to income tax expense for IWCO. As noted above, the net tax expense of $280.4 was offset completely by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance

Beginning on January 1, 2018, the TCJA also requires a minimum tax on certain future earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries while providing for futuretax-free repatriation of such earnings through a 100% dividends-received deduction. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, and SAB 118, the Company has estimated that no provisional charge will be recorded related to the TCJA based on its initial analysis using available information and estimates. Given the significant complexity of the TCJA, anticipated guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department about implementing the TCJA and the potential for additional guidance from the SEC or the FASB related to the TCJA or additional information becoming available, the Company’s provisional charge may be adjusted during 2018 and is expected to be finalized no later than December 31, 2018. Other provisions of the TCJA that impact future tax years are still being assessed.

The TCJA also requires a Transition Tax on any net accumulated earnings and profits as of the two required measurement dates, November 2, 2017 and December 31, 2017. As such, as of July 31, 2018, all of the Company’s accumulated earnings and profits are deemed repatriated. Therefore, there is no deferred tax liability for earnings oversees that have not been remitted. The Company will utilize NOLs to offset any Transition Tax assessed. The preliminary calculation of net accumulated earnings and profits resulted in break even, which would not result in a Transition Tax. Company will finalize the Transition Tax calculation with the filing of the fiscal year 2018 tax return.

Our preliminary estimate of the TCJA and the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities is subject to the finalization of management’s analysis related to certain matters, such as developing interpretations of the provisions of the TCJA, changes to certain estimates and the filing of our tax returns. U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting the TCJA may require further adjustments and changes in our estimates. The final determination of the TCJA and the remeasurement of our deferred assets and liabilities will be completed as additional information becomes available, but no later than one year from the enactment of the TCJA.

As more fully described in Note 6, the Company completed the IWCO Acquisition on December 15, 2017. Going forward, the Company and IWCO will file a consolidated federal tax return. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $78.5 million. After considering the transaction, the projected combined results, and available temporary differences from the acquired business, the Company has determined in accordance with ASC805-740-30-3 that its valuation allowance in the same amount of IWCO’s full deferred tax liability may be released and the benefit be recognized in income.

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of approximately $2.1 billion and $150.6 million, respectively, at July 31, 2018. The federal net operating losses will expire from fiscal year 2022 through 2038 and

the state net operating losses will expire from fiscal year 2018 through 2038. The Company has a foreign net operating loss carryforward of approximately $74.2 million, of which $57.5 million has an indefinite carryforward period. In addition, the Company has $24.0 million of capital loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes. The federal and state capital losses will expire in fiscal year 2020 through fiscal year 2021.

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations differs from the expense computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 26.83% to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as a result of the following:

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Computed “expected” income tax expense (benefit)

  $(9,467  $(8,106  $(19,368

Increase (decrease) in income tax expense resulting from:

      

Change in valuation allowance

   (329,415   10,978    22,907 

Foreign dividends

   7,379    2,724    4,730 

Foreign tax rate differential

   (1,948   (2,386   (1,082

Federal rate change

   280,438    —      —   

Nondeductible goodwill impairment

   191    —      —   

Nondeductible expenses

   (15,852   20    262 

Foreign withholding taxes

   1,961    239    762 

Reversal of uncertain tax position reserves

   (48   (481   (2,768

State benefit of U.S. Loss

   (4,654   —      —   

Other

   213    (292   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

  $(71,202  $2,696   $5,443 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The calculation of the Company’s income tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in several tax jurisdictions. The Company is periodically reviewed by domestic and foreign tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These reviews include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating the exposure associated with various filing positions, the Company records estimated reserves when necessary. Based on the evaluation of current tax positions, the Company believes it has appropriately accrued for exposures.

The Company operates in multiple taxing jurisdictions, both within and outside of the United States. At July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the total amount of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including interest, related to federal, state and foreign taxes was approximately $1.6 million $0.7 million, and $1.2 million respectively. To the extent the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized, the entire amount would impact income tax expense.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S., various states and in foreign jurisdictions. The federal and state income tax returns are generally subject to tax examinations for the tax years ended July 31, 2014 through July 31, 2018. To the extent the Company has tax attribute carryforwards, the tax year in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period. In addition, a number of tax years remain subject to examination by the appropriate government agencies for certain countries in the Europe and Asia regions. In Europe, the Company’s 2010 through 2017 tax years remain subject to examination in most locations while the Company’s 2006 through 2017 tax years remain subject to examination in most Asia locations.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Balance as of beginning of year

  $681   $994   $3,756 

Additions for current year tax positions

   903    —      19 

Currency translation

   —      18    —   

Reductions for lapses in statute of limitations

   (59   (331   (27

Reductions of prior year tax positions

   —      —      (2,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

  $1,525   $681   $994 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, interest related to income taxes is included in the provision of income taxes line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company has not recognized any material interest expense related to uncertain tax positions. As of July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had recorded liabilities for increases (decreases) in interest expense related to uncertain tax positions in the amount of $88,000, ($168,000), and $40,000 respectively. The Company did not accrue for penalties related to income tax positions as there were no income tax positions that required the Company to accrue penalties. The Company does not expect that any unrecognized tax benefits will reverse in the next twelve months.

(16)

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, are as follows:

   Foreign
currency
items
  Pension
items
  Unrealized
gains
(losses) on
securities
   Total 
   (In thousands) 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 31, 2017

  $7,522  $(3,376 $167   $4,313 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   (1,174  —     —      (1,174

Net unrealized holding gain on securities

   —     —     14    14 

Pension liability adjustments

   —     (419  —      (419
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

   (1,174  (419  14    (1,579
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 31, 2018

  $6,348  $(3,795 $181   $2,734 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded approximately $0.1 million in taxes related to other comprehensive income. In the fiscal years ended July 31, 2017, the Company recorded approximately $0.3 million in taxes related to other comprehensive income. In the fiscal years ended July 31, 2016, the Company recorded an immaterial amount in taxes related to other comprehensive income.

(17)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Cash used for operating activities reflect cash payments for interest and income taxes as follows:

   Years Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Cash paid for interest

  $24,642   $3,783   $6,111 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $2,567   $2,500   $3,287 

Cash paid for taxes can be higher than income tax expense as shown on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations due to prepayments made in certain jurisdictions as well as to the timing of required payments in relation to recorded expense, which can cross fiscal years.

Non-cash Activities

Non-cash financing activities during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 included the issuance of approximately 6.7 million, 0.3 million and 0.2 million shares, respectively, ofnon-vested common stock, valued at approximately $11.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to certain employees andnon-employees of the Company.Non-cash financing activities during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016 also included the issuance of 2.7 million shares of the Company’s common stock, valued at $3.1 million, associated with the repurchase of the Company’s Notes.

(18)

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors (“the “Board”) has the authority, subject to any limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix and determine the designation, privileges, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of those shares, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights,

redemption rights, terms of sinking funds, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of the series, without any further vote or action by the stockholders. Any shares of the Company’s preferred stock so issued may have priority over its common stock with respect to dividend, liquidation and other rights. The Company’s board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting rights or conversion features that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of its common stock. Although the issuance of preferred stock could provide us with flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, under some circumstances, it could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

On December 15, 2017, the Company entered into a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with SPH Group Holdings LLC (“SPHG Holdings”), pursuant to which the Company issued 35,000 shares of the Company’s newly created Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), to SPHG Holdings at a price of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $35.0 million (the “Preferred Stock Transaction”). The terms, rights, obligations and preferences of the Preferred Stock are set forth in a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series C Certificate of Designations”), which has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Under the Series C Certificate of Designations, each share of Preferred Stock can be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), at an initial conversion price equal to $1.96 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction. Holders of the Preferred Stock will also receive dividends at 6% per annum payable, at the Company’s option, in cash or Common Stock. If at any time the closing bid price of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds 170% of the conversion price for at least five consecutive trading days (subject to appropriate adjustments for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction), the Company has the right to require each holder of Preferred Stock to convert all, or any whole number, of shares of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events such as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, or the merger or consolidation of the Company or significant subsidiary, or the sale of substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company or a significant subsidiary, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or funds of the Company to the holders of other equity or equity equivalent securities of the Company other than the Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share in cash equal to the sum of (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the stated value per share of Preferred Stock (initially $1,000 per share) then held by them (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination or other similar transactions with respect to the Preferred Stock), plus (ii) 100% of all declared but unpaid dividends, and all accrued but unpaid dividends on each such share of Preferred Stock, in each case as the date of the triggering event. On or after December 15, 2022, each holder of Preferred Stock can also require the Company to redeem its Preferred Stock in cash at a price equal to the Liquidation Preference (as defined in Series C Certificate of Designations).

Each holder of Preferred Stock has a vote equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which its Preferred Stock would be convertible as of the record date, provided that the number of shares voted is based upon a conversion price which is no less than the greater of the book or market value of the Common Stock on the closing date of the purchase of the Preferred Stock. In addition, for so long as the Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, and including in each case with respect to any significant subsidiary, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind up the Company or any significant subsidiary; (ii) consummate any transaction that would constitute or result in a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designations); (iii) effect or consummate any Prohibited Issuance (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designations); or (iv) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designations) of any kind, other than certain existing Indebtedness of the Company and any replacement financing thereto, unless any such replacement financing be on substantially similar terms as such existing Indebtedness.

The Purchase Agreement provides that the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the piggyback registration of the Common Stock issuable on the conversion of the Preferred Stock and any securities issued or issuable upon any stock split, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the foregoing, with the Securities and Exchange Commission in all states reasonably requested by the holder in accordance with certain enumerated conditions. The Purchase Agreement also contains other representations, warranties and covenants, customary for an issuance of Preferred Stock in a private placement of this nature.

The Preferred Stock Transaction was approved and recommended to the Board by a special committee of the Board (the “Special Committee”) consisting of independent directors not affiliated with Steel Partners Holdings GP Inc. (“Steel Holdings GP”), which controls the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by SPHG Holdings and its affiliates.

Common Stock

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to:

one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, subject to the rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding;

dividends as may be declared by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to the rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding; and

a pro rata share in any distribution of the Company’s assets after payment or providing for the payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock in the event of liquidation.

Holders of the Company’s common stock have no cumulative voting rights, redemption rights or preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any shares of its common stock or other securities. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of its common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any existing series of preferred stock and any series of preferred stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock.

On March 12, 2013, stockholders of the Company approved the sale of 7,500,000 shares of newly issued common stock to Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“Steel Holdings”), an affiliate of SPHG Holdings, at a price of $4.00 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of $30.0 million before transaction costs. The Company incurred $2.3 million of transaction costs, which consisted primarily of investment banking and legal fees, resulting in net proceeds from the sale of $27.7 million. In addition, as part of the transaction, the Company issued Steel Holdings a warrant to acquire an additional 2,000,000 shares at an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “Warrant”). These warrants were to expire after a term of five years after issuance. On December 15, 2017, contemporaneously with the closing of the Preferred Stock Transaction, the Company entered into a Warrant Repurchase Agreement (the “Warrant Repurchase Agreement”) with Steel Holdings pursuant to which the Company repurchased the Warrant for $100. The Warrant was terminated by the Company upon repurchase. The Warrant Repurchase Agreement is more fully described in Note 19 to these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

(19)

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

ASC Topic 820 provides that fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 requires the Company to use valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2:

Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or market-corroborated inputs

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets or liabilities

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, funds held for clients, accounts payable, current liabilities and the revolving line of credit approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. We believe that the carrying value of our long-term debt approximates fair value because the stated interest rates of this debt is consistent with current market rates. The carrying value of capital lease obligations approximates fair value, as estimated by using discounted future cash flows based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The fair values of the Company’s Trading Securities are estimated using quoted market prices. The Company values foreign exchange forward contracts using observable inputs which primarily consist of an income approach based on the present value of the forward rate less the contract rate multiplied by the notional amount. The defined benefit plans have 100% of their assets invested in bank-managed portfolios of debt securities and other assets. Conservation of capital with some conservative growth potential is the strategy for the plans. The Company’s pension plans are outside the United States, where asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees. Investment objectives are aligned to generate returns that will enable the plans to meet their future obligations. The Company acts in a consulting and governance role in reviewing investment strategy and providing a recommended list of investment managers for each plan, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment manager made by local trustees.

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 31, 2018 and 2017, classified by fair value hierarchy:

       Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 
(In thousands)  July 31, 2018   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Assets:

        

Money market funds

  $47,186   $47,186   $—     $—   
       Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 
(In thousands)  July 31, 2017   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Assets:

        

Marketable equity securities

  $11,898   $11,898   $—     $—   

Money market funds

   85,683    85,683    —      —   

The following table presents the pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 31, 2018 and 2017, classified by fair value hierarchy:

          Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 
(In thousands)  July 31, 2018   Asset
Allocations
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Insurance contract

  $22,339    98 $—     $—     $22,339 

Other investments

   521    2      521 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $22,860    100 $—     $—     $22,860 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 

(In thousands)

  July 31, 2017   Asset
Allocations
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Insurance contract

  $20,726    98 $—     $—     $20,726 

Other investments

   478    2  —      —      478 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $21,204    100 $—     $—     $21,204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the pension plan assets for the years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017:

   July 31, 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands) 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $21,204   $25,473 

Actual return on plan assets

   1,541    (5,005

Employee contributions

   402    104 

Employer contributions (withdrawals), net

   92    (342

Settlements

   (21   (279

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

   (372   (157

Currency translation

   14    1,410 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $22,860   $21,204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during any of the periods presented.

When available, quoted prices were used to determine fair value. When quoted prices in active markets were available, investments were classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. When quoted prices in active markets were not available, fair values were determined using pricing models, and the inputs to those pricing models were based on observable market inputs. The inputs to the pricing models were typically benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads and benchmark securities, among others.

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company reviews the carrying amounts of these assets whenever certain events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset group or reporting unit is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The Company estimated the fair values of assets subject to impairment based on the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets and on observable market data, when available.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, customer deposits, accounts payable, funds held for clients and debt, and are reflected in the financial statements at cost. With the exception of the Notes payable and long-term debt, cost approximates fair value for these items due to their short-term nature. We believe that the carrying value of our long-term debt approximates fair value because the stated interest rates of this debt is consistent with current market rates.

Included in Trading Securities in the accompanying balance sheet are marketable equity securities. These instruments are valued at quoted market prices in active markets. Included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet are money market funds. These are valued at quoted market prices in active markets.

The following table presents the Company’s debt not carried at fair value:

   July 31, 2018   July 31, 2017     
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Fair Value
Hierarchy
 
   (In thousands) 

Notes payable

  $64,530   $66,658   $59,758   $63,852    Level 1 

The fair value of the Company’s Notes payable represents the value at which its lenders could trade its debt within the financial markets, and does not represent the settlement value of these debt liabilities to us. The fair value of the Notes payable could vary each period based on fluctuations in market interest rates, as well as changes to our credit ratings. The Notes payable are traded and their fair values are based upon traded prices as of the reporting dates.

(20) SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has five operating segments: Americas; Asia; Europe; Direct Marketing; ande-Business. Direct Marketing is a new operating segment which represents IWCO. Based on the information provided to the Company’s chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance and quantitative thresholds, the Company has determined that it has five reportable segments: Americas, Asia, Europe, Direct Marketing ande-Business. In the past the All Other category has completely been comprised of thee-Business operating segment. The Company also has Corporate-level activity, which consists primarily of costs associated with certain corporate administrative functions such as legal, finance, share-based compensation and acquisition costs which are not allocated to the Company’s reportable segments. The Corporate-level balance sheet information includes cash and cash equivalents, Notes payables and other assets and liabilities which are not identifiable to the operations of the Company’s operating segments. All significant intra-segment amounts have been eliminated.

Management evaluates segment performance based on segment net revenue, operating income (loss) and “adjusted operating income (loss)”, which is defined as the operating income (loss) excluding net charges related to depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, long-lived asset impairment, share-based compensation and restructuring. These items are excluded because they may be considered to be of anon-operational ornon-cash nature. Historically, the Company has recorded significant impairment and restructuring charges and therefore management uses adjusted operating income to assist in evaluating the performance of the Company’s core operations.

Summarized financial information of the Company’s continuing operations by operating segment is as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Net revenue:

      

Americas

  $56,320   $92,324   $106,143 

Asia

   146,664    158,048    167,861 

Europe

   119,403    159,085    151,842 

Direct Marketing

   299,358    —      —   

e-Business

   23,513    27,163    33,177 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $645,258   $436,620   $459,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss):

      

Americas

  $(9,542  $(10,342  $(14,731

Asia

   26,405    5,620    (855

Europe

   (10,074   (9,008   (13,825

Direct Marketing

   10,740    —      —   

e-Business

   (6,176   (1,185   (4,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Segment operating income (loss)

   11,353    (14,915   (33,795

Corporate-level activity

   (19,659   (4,846   (6,777
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating loss

   (8,306   (19,761   (40,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

   (26,982   (4,648   (16,055
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

  $(35,288  $(24,409  $(56,627
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue and operating income associated with Direct Marketing is for the period from December 15, 2017 to July 31, 2018. The Direct Marketing operating income includes certain purchase accounting adjustments associated with the IWCO acquisition.

   July 31,
2018
   July 31,
2017
 
   (In thousands) 

Total assets:

    

Americas

  $22,820   $21,876 

Asia

   44,322    63,819 

Europe

   37,223    64,639 

Direct Marketing

   642,820    —   

e-Business

   15,758    20,703 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sub-total—segment assets

   762,943    171,037 

Corporate

   64,107    110,261 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $827,050   $281,298 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Summarized financial information of the Company’s net revenue from external customers by group of services is as follows:

   Twelve Months Ended 
   July 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 
   (In thousands) 

Services:

      

Supply chain services

  $322,387   $409,457   $425,846 

e-Business services

   23,513    27,163    33,177 

Products:

      

Direct Marketing

   299,358    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $645,258   $436,620   $459,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately $101.8 million and $8.6 million of the Company’s long-lived assets, respectively, were located in the U.S.A.

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company’s net revenues within U.S.A., China, Netherlands and Czech Republic were $358.3 million, $112.3 million, $59.5 million and $48.7 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017, the Company’s net revenues within U.S.A., China, Netherlands and Czech Republic were $95.1 million, $128.3 million, $70.8 million and $79.8 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016, the Company’s net revenues within U.S.A., China, Netherlands and Czech Republic were $110.9 million, $140.2 million, $68.1 million and $75.7 million, respectively.

(21) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of February 20, 2018, SPHG Holdings and its affiliates beneficially owned approximately 52% of our outstanding capital stock. As of July 31, 2018, SPHG Holdings held $14.9 million principal amount of the Company’s 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes. SPHG Holdings has confirmed to the Company that it will not require a cash payment on the Notes when they mature and for a period of twelve months from the date of this filing.

Preferred Stock Transaction and Warrant Repurchase

On December 15, 2017, the Company entered into a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with SPHG Holdings, pursuant to which the Company issued 35,000 shares of the Company’s newly created Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the Preferred Stock), to SPHG Holdings at a price of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $35.0 million (the Preferred Stock Transaction). The terms, rights, obligations and preferences of the Preferred Stock are set forth in a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the a Series C Certificate of Designations), which has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Under the Series C Certificate of Designations, each share of Preferred Stock can be converted into shares of the our Common Stock, at an initial conversion price equal to $1.96 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction. Holders of the Preferred Stock will also receive dividends at 6% per annum payable, at the Company’s option, in cash or Common Stock. If at any time the closing bid price of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds 170% of the conversion price for at least five consecutive trading days (subject to appropriate adjustments for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction), the Company has the right to require each holder of Preferred Stock to convert all, or any whole number, of shares of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

The Preferred Stock Transaction was approved and recommended to the Board by a special committee of the Board (the “Special Committee”). Each member of the Special Committee was independent and not affiliated with Steel Holdings GP, which controls the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by SPHG Holdings and its affiliates.

On December 15, 2017, contemporaneously with the closing of the Preferred Stock Transaction, the Company entered into a Warrant Repurchase Agreement with Steel Holdings, an affiliate of SPHG Holdings, pursuant to which the Company repurchased for $100 the warrant to acquire 2,000,000 shares of the Common Stock (the Warrant) that the Company had previously issued to Steel Holdings. The Warrant, which was to expire in 2018, was terminated by the Company upon repurchase.

Management Services Agreement

On December 24, 2014, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with SP Corporate Services LLC (“SP Corporate”), effective as of January 1, 2015 (as amended, the “Management Services Agreement”). SP Corporate is an indirect wholly owned subsidiaryOfficer of Steel Holdings and holds similar positions in substantially all of Steel Holding's subsidiaries. Prior to that appointment, Mr. Woodworth had served as Vice President and Controller of HNH from August 2012. Mr. Woodworth has over two decades of progressive responsibility in accounting and finance. Prior to joining HNH, Mr. Woodworth served as Vice President and Corporate Controller with SunEdison, Inc. (formerly MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc.), a renewable energy company, from August 2011 to July 2012, and as Vice President and Corporate Controller of Globe Specialty Metals, Inc., a producer of silicon metal and silicon-based alloys, from November 2007 to July 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Woodworth held positions of increasing responsibility with Praxair, Inc., an industrial gases company. Mr. Woodworth began his career with KPMG LLP, a multinational professional services firm. Mr. Woodworth holds a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, a Master of Engineering Management from the McCormick School of Engineering at Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from Miami (Ohio) University. Mr. Woodworth is a related party. Pursuantcertified public accountant. Mr. Woodworth's services as Chief Financial Officer are being provided pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, SP Corporate provided the Companydated June 14, 2019, between Steel Services and its subsidiaries with the services of certain employees, including certain executive officers, and other corporate services.

The Management Services Agreement had an initial term of six months. On June 30, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment that extended the term of the Management Services Agreement to December 31, 2015 and provided for automatic renewal for successive one year periods, unless and until terminated in accordance with the terms set forth therein, which include, under certain circumstances, the payment by the Company of certain termination fees to SP Corporate. On March 10, 2016, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Management Services Agreement with SPH Services, Inc. (“SPH Services”), the parent of SP Corporate and an affiliate of SPHG Holdings, pursuant to which SPH Services assumed rights and responsibilities of SP Corporate and the services provided by SPH Services to the Company were modified pursuant to the terms of the amendment. On March 10, 2016, the Company entered into a Transfer Agreement with SPH Services pursuant to which the parties

agreed to transfer to the Company certain individuals who provide corporate services to the Company (the “Transfer Agreement”"2019 Management Services Agreement"). SP Corporate described in "Certain Relationships and Steel Partners LLC merged withRelated TransactionsManagement Services Agreements."

Joseph B. Sherk. Mr. Sherk was appointed as Senior Vice President and into SPH Services, with SPH Services surviving. SPH Services has since changed its name to Steel Services Ltd. (“Steel Services”). On September 1, 2017,Chief Accounting Officer of the Company entered into a Third Amendment toon November 22, 2019. Mr. Sherk has served as the Management Services Agreement, which reduced the fixed monthly fee paid bySenior Vice President, Finance, Tax and Treasurer of the Company to Steel Services under the Management Services Agreement from $175,000 per month to $95,641 per month. The monthly fee is subject to review and adjustment by agreement between the Company and Steel Services for periods commencing in fiscalsince June 2016 and beyond. Additionally,previously as its Principal Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer from May 2014 through June 2016. Mr. Sherk also served as the Company may be requiredCompany's Vice President & Corporate Controller from December 2007 through to reimburse Steel ServicesMay 2014. Prior to that Mr. Sherk was Vice President, Corporate Controller & Chief Accounting Officer of WestPoint Home, International Inc., a textile company, from January 2007 until December
5


2007. From January 2006 through January 2007, Mr. Sherk served as Vice President, Business and its affiliatesFinance Transformation for all reasonableUnited Rentals, Inc., a major rental equipment company. From September 2001 through January 2007, Mr. Sherk was the Vice President & Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) for United Rentals, Inc. Mr. Sherk served as the Vice President & Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) of Lafarge Corporation, a construction materials company from September 1998 through September 2001. Prior to that Mr. Sherk served as the Regional Vice President & Controller of Lafarge Construction Materials for Eastern Canada from January 1994 through to September 1998. Mr. Sherk started his career with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Sherk is a licensed Certified Public Accountant (CPA) in the United States and necessary business expenses incurred on our behalf in connection with the performanceCanada. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) and the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario, Canada. Mr. Sherk holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from St. Mary's University in Halifax, Nova Scotia, a Master of Business Administration from University of Saskatchewan in Accounting and Finance in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan and a Master of Accountancy in Taxation from The George Washington University.
Fawaz Khalil. Mr. Khalil has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink since June 11, 2020. From May 2017 to November 2019, Mr. Khalil was President and Chief Executive Officer of Halco Lighting Technologies, a lighting solutions company. From November 2015 to April 2017, Mr. Khalil was President of Purafil, Inc. and Universal Air Filters (part of The Filtration Group, a leading global filtration company). From February 2013 to November 2015, Mr. Khalil was Vice President and General Manager of Acuity Brands Lighting Inc., a lighting technology solutions and services undercompany. Mr. Khalil received his Bachelor of Science in Computer Science from the National University of Computing and Emerging Sciences Karachi, a Master of Business Administration in Finance and Banking from the Institute of Business Administration at University of Karachi and a Master in Business Administration in General Management Services Agreement, including travel expenses. The Management Services Agreement provides that, under certain circumstances,& Strategy from the Company may be requiredDarden Graduate School of Business at the University of Virginia.
John Ashe. Mr. Ashe has served as the Chief Executive Officer of IWCO Direct since May 15, 2020. From May 2018 until May 2020, Mr. Ashe served as President & Chief Executive Officer of Lucas-Milhaupt Inc., a global brazing and metal joining products and services leader, and an indirect subsidiary of Steel Holdings. From May 1992 to indemnifyMay 2018, Mr. Ashe served in various roles with OMG, Inc., a leading U.S. manufacturer and hold harmless Steel Servicesglobal supplier of specialty fasteners, adhesives, tools, and its affiliates and employees from any claims or liabilities by a third party in connection with activities or the rendering of services under the Management Services Agreement. Total expenses incurred related to this agreementproducts for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, 2017commercial and 2016 were $1.9 million, $2.3 millionresidential construction markets, and $2.2 million, respectively. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, amounts due to SP Corporate and Steel Services were $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

The Related Party Transactions Committee of the Board (the “Related Party Transactions Committee”) approved the entry into the Management Services Agreement (and the first two amendments thereto) and the Transfer Agreement. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) approved the third amendment to the Management Services Agreement. The Related Party Transactions Committee held the responsibility to review, approve and ratify related party transactions from November 20, 2014, until October 11, 2016. On October 11, 2016, the Board adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy that is administered by the Audit Committee and applies to all related party transactions. As of October 11, 2016, the Audit Committee reviews all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and all such transactions must be approved or ratified by the Audit Committee.

On December 15, 2017, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Special Committee and the Compensation Committee, approved restricted stock grants and market performance based restricted stock grants tonon-employee directors Messrs. Howard, Fejes and Lichtenstein, the Executive Chairman of the Board, in each case effective upon the closing of the IWCO Acquisition (the “Grant Date”) and in consideration for current and future services to the Company. Messrs. Howard and Lichtenstein are affiliated with Steel Holdings GP, which is a wholly-ownedindirect subsidiary of Steel Holdings. Mr. Fejes is currently affiliated with Steel Services, an indirect wholly owned subsidiaryAshe served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Steel Holdings. These awards were measured based on the fair market value on the Grant Date.

Mutual Securities, Inc. (“Mutual Securities”) serves as the broker and record-keeperOMG, Inc's FastenMaster Division for all the transactions associatedhis last eight years with the Trading Securities.company. Mr. Howard, a director of the Company,Ashe is a registered principalgraduate of Mutual Securities. Commissions charged by Mutual Securities are generally commensurate with commissions charged by other institutional brokers, and the Company believes its useBowdoin College.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Section 16(a) of Mutual Securities is consistent with its desire to obtain best price and execution. During the year ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, Mutual Securities received an immaterial amount in commissions associated with these transactions.

(22) SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected quarterly financial information for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2018 and 2017. The operating results for any given quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

  Quarter Ended  Quarter Ended 
  Oct. 31, ‘17  Jan. 31, ‘18  Apr. 30, ‘18  Jul. 31, ‘18  Oct. 31, ‘16  Jan. 31, ‘17  Apr. 30, ‘17  Jul. 31, ‘17 
  (In thousands, except per share data)  (In thousands, except per share data) 

Net revenue

 $102,522  $153,738  $193,921  $195,077  $121,327  $117,568  $97,948  $99,777 

Cost of revenue

  93,448   137,915   154,916   157,720   111,994   106,370   89,406   92,485 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

  9,074   15,823   39,005   37,357   9,333   11,198   8,542   7,292 

Total operating expenses

  12,904   21,526   37,625   37,510   14,975   12,702   13,785   14,664 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (3,830  (5,703  1,380   (153  (5,642  (1,504  (5,243  (7,372

Total other income (expense)

  (521  (8,200  (11,198  (7,063  (2,352  (1,075  763   (1,984

Income tax benefit (expense)

  (1,087  73,521   (715  (517  (1,049  (723  (819  (105

Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax

  201   200   200   200   500   396   232   150 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  (5,237  59,818   (10,333  (7,533  (8,543  (2,906  (5,067  (9,311
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 $(5,237 $59,548  $(10,862 $(8,069 $(8,543 $(2,906 $(5,067 $(9,311
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 $(0.09 $1.02  $(0.18 $(0.13 $(0.16 $(0.05 $(0.09 $(0.17

Diluted net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 $(0.09 $0.75  $(0.18 $(0.13 $(0.16 $(0.05 $(0.09 $(0.17

In connection with the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended April 30, 2018, and our remediation efforts related to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our controls overnon-routine transactions, we identified errors as of January 31, 2018 in the determination of deferred tax liabilities in connection with the acquisition of IWCO Direct and in our revenue recognition for our Direct Marketing segment. Based in part upon the estimates of self-insurance and fixed assets, we overstated a tax benefit in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The correction of this error required an adjustment to the income tax benefit of $4.1 million as of January 31, 2018. Additionally, we identified bill and hold revenue recognition practices for a portion of certain Direct Mail revenues. We evaluated the error and determined that the related impact was not material to our results of operations or financial position for any prior annual or interim period, but that correcting the $4.1 million cumulative impact of the error would be material to our results of operations for the three months ended April 30, 2018. Although deemed immaterial, we also corrected the recognition of the Direct Mail revenue recognized before the performance obligation to the customer had been satisfied for a portion of certain Direct Marketing revenues. Accordingly, we have restated the preliminary fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the twelve months ended July 31, 2018, we determined that the freight costs associated with a customer of the Direct Marketing segment had been recorded on a net basis in error. The correction of this error required an adjustment, to Net Revenue and Cost of Revenue, of $2.2 million and $5.0 million, for the three months ended January 31, 2018 and April 30, 2018, respectively.

We have corrected the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended January 31, 2018 and April 30, 2018. The impact to the condensed consolidated statements of income for the three months ended January 31, 2018 and April 30, 2018 is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

  Three Months Ended January 31, 2018  Three Months Ended April 30, 2018 
  As
Previously
Reported
  Adjustments  As
Revised
  As
Previously
Reported
  Adjustments  As
Revised
 

Net revenue

 $151,119  $2,619  $153,738  $188,922  $4,999  $193,921 

Cost of revenue

  134,169   3,746   137,915   149,917   4,999   154,916 

Gross profit

  16,950   (1,127  15,823   39,005   —     39,005 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  (77,664  4,143   (73,521  715   —     715 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 $64,830   (5,282 $59,548  $(10,862  —    $(10,862

Basic net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 $1.11   $1.02  $(0.18  $(0.18

Diluted net earning (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 $0.85   $0.75  $(0.18  $(0.18

(23) PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Per the Cerberus Credit Facility, IWCO is permitted to make distributions to the Parent, Steel Connect, Inc., an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year and pay reasonable documented expenses incurred by the Parent. The Parent is entitled to receive additional cash remittances under a “U.S. Federal Income Tax Sharing Agreement.” As the remainder of the restricted net assets, which totaled approximately $53.1 million at July 31, 2018, represent a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated total assets, the Company is presenting the following parent company condensed financial information:

STEEL CONNECT, INC. (Parent Only)

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   July 31,
2018
  July 31,
2017
 

ASSETS

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $7,978  $708 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   120   85 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   8,098   793 

Investments in affiliates

   188,534   113,154 

Other assets

   87   87 

Due from subsidiaries

   13,579   10,945 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $210,298  $124,979 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES, CONTINGENTLY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Accounts payable

  $674  $498 

Accrued expenses

   2,274   1,752 

Notes payable

   64,530   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   67,478   2,250 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Notes payable

   —     59,758 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

   —     59,758 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   67,478   62,008 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contingently redeemable preferred stock

   35,192   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contingently redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. 35,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at July 31, 2018; zero shares authorized, issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2017

   35,192   —   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Authorized 4,965,000 and 5,000,000 shares at July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, respectively; zero issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2018 and at July 31, 2017

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Authorized 1,400,000,000 shares; 60,742,859 issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2018; 55,555,973 issued and outstanding shares at July 31, 2017

   608   556 

Additional paid-in capital

   7,467,855   7,457,051 

Accumulated deficit

   (7,363,569  (7,398,949

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   2,734   4,313 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   107,628   62,971 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, contingently redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity

  $210,298  $124,979 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

STEEL CONNECT, INC. (Parent Only)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

   Twelve Months Ended July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Selling, general and administrative

  $16,742  $4,834  $6,562 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   16,742   4,834   6,562 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (16,742  (4,834  (6,562
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

   (8,427  (7,917  (10,565

Other income, net

   6,807   —     757 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other expense

   (1,620  (7,917  (9,808
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (18,362  (12,751  (16,370

Equity losses of subsidiaries, net of tax

   (54,276  14,026   44,911 

Gains on investments in affiliates, net of tax

   (801  (950  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $36,715  $(25,827 $(61,281
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

STEEL CONNECT, INC. (Parent Only)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

   Twelve Months Ended 
   July 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

  $36,715  $(25,827 $(61,281

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

   388   347   439 

Accretion of debt discount

   4,384   3,919   4,967 

Share-based compensation

   10,763   533   509 

Non-cash (gains) losses, net

   (354  —     (757

Equity losses of subsidiaries, net of tax

   (54,276  14,026   44,911 

Gains on investments in affiliates and impairments

   (801  (950  —   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquired:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (36  76   1,034 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   698   (338  (3,418

Other assets and liabilities

   (1,860  (12,926  1,223 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (4,379  (21,140  (12,373
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Intercompany advances, net

   (22,216  19,211   20,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (22,216  19,211   20,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   35,000   —     —   

Payment of preferred dividends

   (1,143  —     —   

Purchase of the Company’s Convertible Notes

   —     (1,763  (20,257

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

   8   18   51 

Repurchase of common stock

   —     —     (127
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   33,865   (1,745  (20,333
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   7,270   (3,674  (12,706

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   708   4,382   17,088 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $7,978  $708  $4,382 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(24) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to July 31, 2018, but prior to the date of these financial statements, the Company purchased $3.7 million in face value of the Company’s Notes in the open market.

Subsequent to July 31, 2018, SPHG Holdings had confirmed to the Company that, on the Notes that it holds, it will not require a cash payment when they mature and for a period of twelve months from the date of this filing.

ITEM 9.—

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.—

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

At the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. “Disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported withinrequires the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. On December 15, 2017, the Company acquired IWCO Direct. A description of the acquisition, as well as the balances included in the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, are discussed in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. As allowed by SEC guidance, our evaluation of disclosures of controls and procedures excluded IWCO Direct. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of July 31, 2018 because of the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of its financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As allowed by SEC guidance, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting excluded IWCO Direct. A description of the acquisition, as well as the balances included in the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, are discussed in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based upon that evaluation, management identified a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Because of the material weakness described below, management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2018, based on the criteria established by COSO.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In its evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2018, management determined that the Company did not maintain effective internal controls over the assessment, timely review and evaluation of a material complex non-routine transaction, specifically relating to the Company’s accrued pricing liability.

Notwithstanding the identified material weakness, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly represent in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows at and for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and has issued an attestation report, which contains an adverse opinion, as of July 31, 2018. Please see their report included in this Item 9A below.

Plan for Remediation of the Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company is in the process of creating a formal process related to the design and implementation of controls over the accounting policies for complex, non-routine transactions. This process will include the early evaluation of complex, non-routine transactions and documentation by the Company’s accounting staff. Regular meetings with accounting staff and executive level officers involved and familiar with accounting issues related to complex, non-routine transactions will be held. As necessary, outside legal and/or accounting advice will be obtained. We will also revise our current risk assessment process to identify potential non-routine transactions that need to be monitored and incorporated under the planned new formal process.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As previously disclosed in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2017 and Form 10-Q for the three months ended of October 31, 2017, management identified that the Company did not maintain effective internal controls over the financial statement close process for the Company’s e-Business operating segment. In addition to this, as previously disclosed in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the three and nine months ended April 30, 2018, the Company determined that it did not design effective controls related to the review of the fair value adjustments used in the calculation of our income tax provision and failed to recognize the tax expense associated with an estimate for non-routine transactions. The Company has implemented the following remedial measures designed to address these material weaknesses:

Management has enhanced the formality and rigor of the reconciliation procedures and the evaluation of certain accounts and transactions, controls, including access controls.

Management has enhanced the design and precision level of existing monitoring controls to provide additional controls supporting the reporting process.

A significant amount of remediation was performed in implementing additional policies, improved processes and documented procedures relating to our financial statement close processes and procedures within corporate and the e-Business segment.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company completed the testing of the design and operating effectiveness of the new procedures and controls. As a result, as of July 31, 2018, management concluded that the Company had remediated the previously reported material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Other than the changes resulting from the remediation activities described above, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended July 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Steel Connect, Inc.

Waltham, Massachusetts

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Steel Connect, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statements referring to any corrective actions taken by the Company after the date of management’s assessment.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as “the financial statements”) and our report dated December 3, 2018 expressed unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A material weakness regarding management’s failure to design and maintain adequate controls and processes over accounting for a complex non-routine transaction on a timely basis has been identified and described in management’s assessment. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the fiscal year 2018 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated December 3, 2018 on those financial statements.

As indicated in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc., which was acquired on December 15, 2017, and which is included in the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. IWCO Direct Holdings Inc. constituted 77% and 41% of total assets and net assets, respectively, as of July 31, 2018, and 46% and 50% of net revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Management did not assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc. because of the timing of the acquisition which was completed on December 15, 2017. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

December 3, 2018

ITEM 9B.— OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.— DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information with respect toCompany's directors and executive officers, required by this Item will be containedand persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company's equity securities, to file reports of beneficial ownership and changes in our Definitive Proxy Statement to bebeneficial ownership with the SEC. Based solely on a review of reports filed with the SEC not laterand written representations from certain reporting persons that no other reports were required, the Company believes that, during Fiscal 2020, its officers, directors and ten-percent stockholders complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to such individuals, other than 120 days after the closeinadvertent late Form 3 filings for each of businessJoseph Sherk with respect to his appointment as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the fiscal yearCompany on November 22, 2019, which was filed on December 5, 2019, and is incorporated in this report by reference.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, we made no material changesJohn Ashe with respect to the procedures byhis appointment as Chief Executive Officer of IWCO Direct on May 15, 2020, which stockholders may recommend nominees to our Boardwas filed on May 28, 2020.

Code of Directors, as described in our most recent proxy statement.

Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including the Company’sCompany's principal executive officer, and its senior financial officers (principal financial officer and controller or principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions). The Company’sCompany's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on itsour website www.moduslink.com (underunder the Investor Relations & Press—Governance section)"Corporate Governance" tab at www.steelconnectinc.com. The contents of our website are not part of this report, and our internet address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement regarding any amendment to, or waiver of, a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to the Company’s
6


Company's principal executive officer or its senior financial officers (principal financial officer and controller or principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions) by posting such information on our website.

website as required by the rules of the SEC or the Nasdaq Stock Market ("Nasdaq").

Director Nomination Procedure
Our principal executive offices for the submission of director nominations and other business for inclusion in our annual meeting proxy statement and proxy card under our Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws will be c/o Steel Connect, Inc., 2000 Midway Lane, Smyrna, Tennessee 37167. There have been no other material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board since they were last described in our most recent proxy statement, dated June 26, 2020 (the "2019 Proxy Statement"), and all information in the 2019 Proxy Statement on this topic, including the deadline for submitting director nominations under the bylaws, remains the same. Stockholders separately wishing to include a proposal in our annual meeting proxy statement and proxy card using Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act as described in the 2019 Proxy Statement must also send proposals to this new address.
Audit Committee
The Board has an Audit Committee, which assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities to stockholders concerning the Company's financial reporting and internal controls and facilitates open communication among the Audit Committee, the Board, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm and management. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is posted on our website under the "Corporate Governance" at www.steelconnectinc.com. The Audit Committee currently consists of Jeffrey J. Fenton, Renata Simril and Jeffrey S. Wald, as Chairman, each of whom is independent as defined in applicable Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3 under Exchange Act. The Board has determined that Jeffrey S. Wald is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The

Summary Compensation Table
This section sets forth certain information required by this Itemthe rules of the SEC regarding the Fiscal 2020 and fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 ("Fiscal 2019") compensation of our Named Executive Officers (defined as (i) all individuals who served as, or acted in the capacity of, the Company's principal executive officer for Fiscal 2020, (ii) the Company's two most highly compensated executive officers, other than anyone who acted as our principal executive officer, who were serving as executive officers at the end of Fiscal 2020, and (iii) up to two additional individuals who would qualify as the Company's two most highly compensated executive officers for 2020, but for the fact that they were not serving as executive officers at the end of Fiscal 2020). Our Named Executive Officers are as follows:
NamePrincipal Position
Warren G. Lichtenstein(1)
Interim Chief Executive Officer, Director and Executive Chairman
John Whitenack(2)
Former Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink
James N. Andersen(3)
Former Chief Executive Officer of IWCO
John Ashe(3)
Chief Executive Officer of IWCO
Joseph B. Sherk(4)
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
7


(1)Mr. Lichtenstein assumed the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, making him our principal executive officer, on December 4, 2018. Compensation for Mr. Lichtenstein is shown for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020 for his services as a member of our Board. Mr. Lichtenstein also served as the Company's Interim Chief Executive Officer from March 28, 2016, to June 17, 2016, for which no compensation information is required in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)Mr. Whitenack served as the Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink from October 2018 until his succession by Mr. Khalil, who was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink, effective June 11, 2020.
(3)Mr. Andersen served as the Chief Executive Officer of IWCO from April 1999 until May 2020. Mr. Ashe was appointed to that role effective May 15, 2020.
(4)Mr. Sherk assumed the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company on November 22, 2019.
Name and
Principal Position
YearSalary
($)
Bonus
($)
Stock
Awards
($)(1)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other Compensation
($)
Total
($)
Warren G. Lichtenstein(2)
2020--99,999-96,250196,249
Interim Chief Executive Officer, Director and Executive Chairman2019--99,999-121,500221,499
John Whitenack2020
330,816(3)
148,000(4)
145,000(5)
-
29,493(6)
653,309
Former Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink2019371,423---
4,743(7)
376,166
James N. Andersen2020
589,546(3)
328,309(8)
--
38,942(9)
968,336
Former Chief Executive Officer of IWCO Direct2019715,628
584,526(8)
--
26,100(10)
1,326,254
John Ashe2020
63,308(11)
65,000(12)
232,000(5)
-
17,143(13)
377,451
Chief Executive Officer of IWCO Direct
Joseph B. Sherk2020
262,352(14)
76,141--
11,851(15)
350,345
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(1)Represents the grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the awards are discussed in Notes 2 and 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended July 31, 2020 in the Original Form 10-K.
(2)
Mr. Lichtenstein has not been separately compensated for his service as Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company. He has been compensated as a Director for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019. Mr. Lichtenstein's reported compensation consists of: (a) stock awards in the amounts of (i) $99,999 (for an award of 65,789 shares of restricted stock granted to all Directors on January 2, 2020, pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Director Compensation Plan, adopted December 20, 2015 (the "2015 Director Compensation Plan," which award will vest on January 2, 2021) for Fiscal 2020 and (ii) $99,999 (for an award of 57,803 shares of restricted stock granted to all Directors on January 2, 2019, pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan, which award vested on January 2, 2020) for Fiscal 2019; and (b) director fees of $96,250 for Fiscal 2020 and $121,500 for Fiscal 2019. For more information, see "Director Compensation—Director Compensation Program."
(3)Represents Mr. Whitenack's and Mr. Andersen's pro-rated salaries for Fiscal 2020 prior to their departures in June 2020 and May 2020, respectively.
8


(4)
Represents the amount actually paid to Mr. Whitenack of his discretionary cash bonus for performance for Fiscal 2019. Mr. Whitenack received a bonus of $222,000, $148,000 of which was paid in December 2019, with the remainder to be paid in July 2020, subject to Mr. Whitenack's continued employment with the Company. In connection with Mr. Whitenack's departure in June 2020, he became no longer entitled to the amount not yet paid.
(5)Represents shares of restricted stock that were granted pursuant to the Company's 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended April 12, 2018 (the "2010 Incentive Plan"). Pursuant to the terms of the award, 50% of the shares of restricted stock were to vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 50% were to vest on the second anniversary of the grant date, subject to the individual's continuous service with the Company through the vesting date. 100,000 shares of restricted stock were granted to Mr. Whitenack on December 17, 2019, all of which he forfeited in connection with his departure in June 2020. 400,000 shares of restricted stock were granted Mr. Ashe on July 1, 2020.
(6)Represents (i) payments for life insurance of $1,645, (ii) employer 401(k) matching cash contributions of $5,434 and (iii) accrued and unused vacation at the time of Mr. Whitenack's departure in an amount of $22,413.
(7)Represents employer 401(k) plan matching cash contributions.
(8)
Represents amounts actually paid to Mr. Andersen under the 2019 IWCO Plans (as defined below) during the Company's fiscal year ended July 31, 2020 and the 2018 IWCO Plans (as defined below) during the Company's fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. Under the 2019 IWCO Plans, Mr. Andersen received awards of $606,615, $283,355 of which was paid in March 2020, with $243,451 to be paid in September 2020 and the remainder to be paid ratably in March 2021 and 2022, subject to Mr. Andersen's continued employment with the Company. Under the 2018 IWCO Plans, Mr. Andersen received awards of $674,434, $584,526 of which was paid in March 2019 and $44,954 of which was paid in March 2020, with the remainder to be paid in March 2021, subject to Mr. Andersen's continued employment with the Company. For more information, see "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation."
(9)Represents: (i) employer 401(k) plan matching cash contributions of $4,575, (ii) the amount attributable to the business and personal use of a company car of $19,800 and (iii) accrued and unused vacation at the time of Mr. Andersen's departure in an amount of $14,567.
(10)Represents (i) employer 401(k) plan matching cash contributions of $4,500 and (ii) the amount attributable to the business and personal use of a company car of $21,600.
(11)Represents Mr. Ashe's pro-rated salary for Fiscal 2020 based on an annual base salary of $400,000. Mr. Ashe was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IWCO effective May 15, 2020.
(12)Represents a sign-on bonus.
(13)
Represents (i) the amount attributable to the business and personal use of a company car of $2,000 and (ii) relocation fees in an amount of $15,143.
(14)Represents Mr. Sherk's salary as paid in Fiscal 2020. Mr. Sherk's annual base salary was increased to $291,872 in November 2019 when he assumed his current role as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer.
(15)Represents (i) payments for life insurance of $7,059 and (ii) employer 401(k) matching cash contributions of $4,792.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
The compensation paid to the above-named Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2020 included salaries, bonuses and perquisites as more fully described in the notes to the Summary Compensation Table and below. The principal terms of agreements with Named Executive Officers regarding employment and compensation are set forth below under the section titled "Employment Arrangements of Named Executive Officers."

9


Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
From time to time, the Compensation Committee establishes a Company Management Incentive Plan (or "Company MIP"), which provides cash incentives for our non-IWCO executives. The Company did not establish a Company MIP for either of Fiscal 2020 or Fiscal 2019.
Additionally, as a result of the Company's acquisition of IWCO Direct on December 15, 2017 (the "IWCO Acquisition"), the Company integrated certain IWCO Direct compensation practices into the Company's compensation framework. Specifically, Mr. Andersen participated in the IWCO Direct 2018 Short-Term and Long-Term Incentive Plans, which provide for cash awards (the "2018 IWCO Plans") and IWCO Direct 2019 Short-Term and Long-Term Incentive Plans (the "2019 IWCO Plans"). These plans were designed to motivate appropriate behaviors that support short-term and long-term growth of stockholder value, by rewarding the achievement of financial, business and management goals that are essential to the success of IWCO Direct, and to enable our target total compensation to remain competitive within the marketplace for executive officers.
2019 IWCO Incentive Plans
The 2019 IWCO Plans related to IWCO Direct's fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (the "2019 IWCO Plan Year"), under which discretionary cash awards ("2019 IWCO Awards") are expressed as a percentage of the base salary paid during that plan year. The 2019 IWCO Awards were determined based on the achievement of certain weighted performance targets, a majority of which was financial performance, including, within such category, mostly the 2019 IWCO Plan Year adjusted EBITDA target for IWCO Direct and, to a lesser extent, the 2019 IWCO Plan Year working capital turns target ("the 2019 IWCO Financial Performance Target"), and a minority of which of was individual performance based on certain objectives (the "2019 IWCO Personal Performance Target"). In determining the 2019 IWCO Financial Performance Target, the financial objectives, while feasible to meet, were challenging to achieve and required improved performance compared with prior year results. For the 2019 IWCO Plan Year, IWCO achieved sufficient results on the 2019 IWCO Financial Performance Target, and Mr. Andersen was evaluated under the 2019 IWCO Personal Performance Target to earn a partial payment. Accordingly, Mr. Andersen received a 2019 IWCO Awards of $606,615 under the 2019 IWCO Plans, $283,355 of which was paid in March 2020, with $243,451 to be paid in September 2020 and the remainder to be paid ratably in each of March 2021 and 2022, subject to Mr. Andersen's continued employment with the Company.In connection with Mr. Andersen's departure in May 2020, Mr. Andersen became no longer entitled to the amounts not yet paid.
2018 IWCO Incentive Plans
The 2018 IWCO Plans related to IWCO Direct's fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 (the "2018 IWCO Plan Year"), under which the cash awards ("2018 IWCO Awards") target for Mr. Andersen was 100% of base salary. The 2018 IWCO Awards were determined based on the achievement of certain weighted performance targets, a majority of which was the 2018 IWCO Plan Year adjusted EBITDA target for IWCO Direct (the "2018 IWCO EBITDA Target") and minorities of which were defined objectives in support of IWCO's corporate objectives and a working capital target. In determining the 2018 IWCO EBITDA Target, the financial objectives, while feasible to meet, were challenging to achieve and required improved performance compared with prior year results. For the 2018 IWCO Plan Year, IWCO achieved sufficient adjusted EBITDA, met defined objectives and achieved working capital levels required under the 2018 IWCO Plans to earn a partial payment. Accordingly, Mr. Andersen received a 2018 IWCO Awards of $674,434 under the 2018 IWCO Plans, $584,526 of which was paid in March 2019 and $44,954 of which was paid in March 2020, with the remainder to be paid in March 2021, subject to Mr. Andersen's continued employment with the Company. In connection with Mr. Andersen's departure in May 2020, Mr. Andersen became no longer entitled to the amounts received but not yet paid.
Employment Arrangements of Named Executive Officers
We do not have agreements with any of the Named Executive Officers which guarantee employment for a set term and, accordingly, all of the Named Executive Officers are or were employees at will, with the exception of an employment agreement with Mr. Ashe and a severance agreement with Mr. Sherk.
10


Warren G. Lichtenstein
Mr. Lichtenstein has not been separately compensated for his service as Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company. However, subject to the discretion of our Board and/or Compensation Committee, Mr. Lichtenstein may receive compensation for service payable in future years. The terms of Mr. Lichtenstein's compensation as disclosed in the "Summary Compensation Table" are governed by our director compensation program, described below under the section titled "Director Compensation—Director Compensation Program."
John Whitenack
Mr. Whitenack assumed the position of Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink on October 31, 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Whitenack served as the Chief Operating Officer of ModusLink since June 25, 2018. The Company and Mr. Whitenack executed an employment offer letter dated June 6, 2018, which provided for an annualized base salary of $370,000, which base salary was increased to $388,500 as of December 1, 2019 and remained unchanged through his separation in June 2020. Mr. Whitenack was also eligible for an annual cash bonus under Company MIPs, when adopted, with a target equal to 60% of his base salary. Mr. Whitenack received a discretionary cash bonus of $222,000 for performance in Fiscal 2019, $148,000 of which was paid in December 2019, with the remainder to be paid in July 2020, subject to Mr. Whitenack's continued employment with the Company. On June 11, 2020, Mr. Khalil was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of ModusLink, succeeding Mr. Whitenack. In connection with Mr. Whitenack's departure, he became no longer entitled to the cash bonus amount not yet paid.
James N. Andersen
Mr. Andersen's base salary was $715,628, which remained unchanged from the closing of the IWCO Acquisition through his separation in May 2020. Mr. Andersen was also eligible to participate in IWCO short-term and long-term incentive plans. Effective May 15, 2020, John Ashe was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IWCO, succeeding Mr. Andersen.
John Ashe
Mr. Ashe was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IWCO on May 15, 2020. IWCO and Mr. Ashe executed an employment agreement dated June 4, 2020 (the " Employment Agreement"), which provides for an annualized base salary of $400,000 and an annual bonus, with a target equal to 100% of his base salary. The Employment Agreement also provides for (i) a one-time sign-on bonus of $65,000, payable on the first payroll date after Mr. Ashe relocates to the Minneapolis area, (ii) a monthly automobile allowance of $1,000, and (iii) certain relocation assistance benefits. Separately, Mr. Ashe was provided with a grant of 400,000 shares of Company stock, which were granted on July 1, 2020, pursuant to the Company's 2010 Incentive Plan.
In the event that Mr. Ashe is terminated without "cause" (as defined in the Employment Agreement) prior to May 15, 2022, Mr. Ashe is entitled to (A) a severance payment equal to twelve months of his base salary and (B) reimbursement of COBRA payments until the earlier of (i) twelve months following the effective date of the general release of claims, (ii) the date Mr. Ashe is no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage, or (iii) the date Mr. Ashe becomes eligible for comparable coverage from another employer (collectively, the "Ashe Severance Benefits"). The Ashe Severance Benefits are also payable, at any time during the term of the Employment Agreement, in the event that Mr. Ashe is terminated without "cause" as part of a change of control of IWCO. In order to receive the Ashe Severance Benefits, Mr. Ashe is required to execute a general release of claims in favor of IWCO and the Company.
Joseph B. Sherk
Mr. Sherk is party to a severance agreement with the Company, dated as of February 8, 2012, which was continued pursuant to a letter agreement dated as of May 8, 2017 (collectively, the "Severance Agreement"), which provides that if Mr. Sherk's employment is terminated for a reason other than for "cause" (as that term is defined in the Severance Agreement), (A) Mr. Sherk will be containedeligible to receive his regular bi-weekly salary as in effect on his
11


last day of employment for twelve months following such termination and (B) the Company will pay Mr. Sherk's insurance premium for the Company medical plan for twelve months following termination. In connection with his appointment to Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, Mr. Sherk's annual base salary was increased to $291,872. In order to receive the benefits provided by the Severance Agreement, Mr. Sherk is required to execute a waiver and release of any and all claims he may have against the Company and its officers, employees, directors, parents, subsidiaries and affiliates upon his termination.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control
There were no agreements or arrangements providing for payments or benefits in the event of termination of employment of any of our Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

ITEM 12.—

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be contained in our Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan InformationNamed Executive Officers as of July 31, 20182020, other than Mr. Sherk's Severance Agreement and Mr. Ashe's Employment Agreement, and payments to Mr. Andersen of

$14,567 and Mr. Whitenack of $22,413 for accrued and unused vacation days, which they received following their departures from the Company in May 2020 and June 2020, respectively.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information concerning unvested shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("common stock"), held by each Named Executive Officer as of July 31, 2020. The market values of the common stock reported in this table are calculated based on the closing market price of the Company's common stock on Nasdaq on July 31, 2020, which was $0.53 per share.
Stock Awards
NameNumber of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)
Warren G. Lichtenstein
65,789(1)
34,868
300,000(2)
159,000
John Whitenack----
James N. Andersen----
John Ashe
400,000(3)
212,000--
Joseph B. Sherk----
12


(1)
Represents 65,789 shares of restricted stock that were granted to Mr. Lichtenstein on January 2, 2020 for his service on our Board pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that will vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Lichtenstein remains a director on such vesting date. For more information, see the "Summary Compensation Table" and "Director Compensation—Director Compensation Program."
(2)
On December 15, 2017, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and a Special Committee of the Board, approved the restricted stock grants and market performance based restricted stock grants to Messrs. Lichtenstein and Howard described below under the section titled "Director Compensation — December 2017 Awards." The shares listed in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table for Mr. Lichtenstein are the unvested portion of the restricted stock grants made to him on December 15, 2017, which remain subject to the achievement of stock price performance.
(3)Represents 400,000 shares of restricted stock that were granted to Mr. Ashe on July 1, 2020 pursuant to the Company's 2010 Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the award, 50% of the restricted stock will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 50% will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Ashe's continuous service with the Company through the vesting date.
Director Compensation
Director Compensation Table
The table below sets forth certain information concerning the Fiscal 2020 compensation of our Directors. For information regarding Mr. Lichtenstein's Fiscal 2020 compensation as a Director, see the "Summary Compensation Table." Compensation information is not included for Ms. Simril, as she was appointed a Director on October 23, 2020.
NameFees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)
Stock Awards ($)(1)(2)
All Other Compensation ($)Total
($)
Jeffrey J. Fenton60,50099,999-160,499
Glen M. Kassan44,50099,999-144,999
Maria U. Molland31,83399,999-131,832
Jeffrey S. Wald65,25099,999-165,249
William T. Fejes, Jr.57,000
99,999(3)
-156,999
Jack L. Howard45,50099,999-145,499
Philip Lengyel(4)
28,978--28,978

(1)The amounts shown in the "Stock Awards" column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the awards are discussed in Notes 2 and 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended July 31, 2020 in the Original Form 10-K. Each director received an award of 65,789 shares of restricted stock on January 2, 2020, pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan. These awards of restricted stock vest on January 2, 2021, provided that the individual remains a director of the Company through the vesting date.
(2)
As of July 31, 2020, the Directors held outstanding awards of unvested restricted stock in the following amounts: Mr. Fenton: 65,789; Mr. Kassan: 65,789; Ms. Molland: 65,789; Mr. Wald: 65,789; Mr. Fejes: 0; Mr. Howard: 215,789; and Mr. Lengyel: 0. For Mr. Howard, this includes equity awards described in "Director 2017 Awards." For Mr. Lichtenstein's outstanding equity awards as of July 31, 2020, see "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End."
13


(3)Mr. Fejes retired as a Director effective at the conclusion of our annual meeting of stockholders on July 23, 2020, leading to the forfeiture of this award of restricted stock.
(4)Mr. Lengyel passed away in December 2019, prior to the grant of awards of restricted stock on January 2, 2020.
December 2017 Awards
On December 15, 2017, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and a Special Committee of the Board consisting solely of independent directors not affiliated with Steel Holdings, approved the following restricted stock grants and market performance based restricted stock grants to Messrs. Howard and Lichtenstein (the "December 2017 Awards"), in each case effective upon the closing of the IWCO Acquisition and in consideration for services to the Company:
RecipientTotal AwardVested Portion of Award as of July 31, 2020Unvested Portion of Award as of July 31, 2020*
Warren G. Lichtenstein3,300,000 shares3,000,000 shares300,000 shares
Jack L. Howard1,650,000 shares1,500,000 shares150,000 shares
*Shares of restricted stock will automatically vest, in their entirety, on the day the price of the Company's common stock shall have closed at or above $2.50 per share for any five consecutive business days after the grant date (December 15, 2017), subject to the Director's continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the vesting date.
The December 2017 Awards were measured based on the fair market value on the grant date. For a discussion of ongoing legal proceedings regarding the December 2017 Awards, see Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended July 31, 2020 in the Original Form 10-K.
Director Compensation Program
Members of the Board receive a combination of cash compensation and equity in the form of restricted stock awards, provided they are eligible under the applicable plan. In addition, all of the Directors of the Company receive reimbursement of expenses incurred with respect to attendance at meetings of the Board and meetings of committees thereof, which amounts are not included in the above table.
All Directors are eligible to receive compensation, other than any Director who (i) is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) unless otherwise determined by the Board, is an affiliate, employee, representative or designee of an institutional or corporate investor in the Company (an "Affiliated Director"). The terms of our director compensation for Fiscal 2020 were formally governed our 2015 Director Compensation Plan. The terms of our director compensation for the Fiscal 2021 were adopted by our Board without a formal plan, but are subject to the restrictions on Director equity awards in our 2020 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2020 Incentive Plan").
Each participating Director who serves as a Director during any fiscal quarter receives a payment for such quarter of $12,500, with a pro rata fee applicable to service for less than a whole quarter; provided, however, that any Director who serves as the non-executive Chairman of the Board during any fiscal quarter receives a payment for such quarter of $28,750 instead of $12,500, with a pro rata fee applicable to service for less than a whole quarter. Each participating Director who serves as the chairperson of a committee of the Board during any fiscal quarter receives a payment of $1,250; provided, however, that the chairperson of the Audit Committee during any fiscal quarter receives a payment of $2,500, in each such case with a pro rata fee applicable to service for less than a whole quarter. Each participating Director who attends a telephonic meeting of the Board or a committee thereof receives a meeting fee of $500. Each participating Director who attends a meeting of the Board or a committee thereof, where a majority of the Directors attend such meeting in person, receives a meeting fee of $1,000. Payment of these fees,
14


with the exception of meeting and committee meetings, was temporarily suspended by the Board from April 2020 to June 2020.
In addition, each Director, other than an Affiliated Director, receives restricted stock awards each year for shares of common stock with a fair market value equal to $100,000 provided that such Director is serving as a Director on the grant date. For Fiscal 2020, a one-time award was made on the first business day of the calendar year, based on the closing sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq on the grant date; for Fiscal 2021, effective January 1, 2021, this award will be made in equal quarterly grants, based on the volume weighted average of the closing sale prices of our common stock on Nasdaq for the 20 trading days ending immediately prior to the grant date. These awards vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that the Director remains a director of the Company on the vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Director ceases to be a director due to (i) removal without cause, (ii) resignation upon request of a majority of the Board, other than for reasons the Board determines to be cause, (iii) the failure to be re-elected to the Board either because the Company fails to nominate the Director for re-election or the Director fails to receive sufficient stockholder votes, then, on the day the Director ceases to be a Director, 25% of the award vests for each full calendar quarter that the Director has served as a Director from and after the grant date (or the applicable quarterly grant in the case of Fiscal 2021 grants).
Certain of the Company's Directors have each entered into an Indemnification Agreement with the Company pursuant to which the Company shall indemnify the Director to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law in the event that the Director is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or by any other party and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, by reason of the fact that the Director is or was a Director of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses, judgments, fines and penalties, provided that the Director shall not have been finally adjudged to have engaged in willful misconduct or to have acted in a manner which was knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest, or had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth certain information, as of November 19, 2020, with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of all classes of the Company's voting securities by: (i) each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding securities of any such class; (ii) the members of the Board of the Company; (iii) the Named Executive Officers (as defined in "Executive Compensation"); and (iv) all current executive officers and members of the Board of the Company, as a group. This table does not reflect events occurring after November 19, 2020.
15


Name of Beneficial Owner
Number of Shares of Common Stock(1)
Percent of Class(2)
5% Stockholders
Steel Partners Holdings L.P.(3)
42,333,55548.7%
Directors
Jeffrey J. Fenton(4)
348,061*
Glen M. Kassan(5)
302,305*
Maria U. Molland(6)
65,789*
Warren G. Lichtenstein(7)
3,365,5875.4%
Jeffrey S. Wald(8)
320,550*
Jack L. Howard(9)
1,665,8502.7%
Renata Simril(10)
31,963*
Named Executive Officers
Joseph B. Sherk-*
James N. Andersen-*
John Whitenack-*
John Ashe(11)
400,000*
All current executive officers and directors, as a group (13 persons)(12)
6,600,10510.5%
________
*Less than 1%
16


(1)
Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, this table shows beneficial ownership by the enumerated persons of all of the Company's outstanding voting securities, which include the common stock and the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Series C Preferred Stock"). The holder of the Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to vote the stock on each matter brought before an annual meeting of stockholders on an as-converted basis together with the holders of the common stock. Such shares of Series C Preferred Stock were also convertible into 17,857,143 shares of common stock and are thus shown as being beneficially owned pursuant only to that class of voting securities.

For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is determined by rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the person has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the person has the right to acquire within 60 days after November 19, 2020, including, in the case of an executive officer or director, shares acquirable upon termination of such individual's service other than for death, disability or involuntary termination ("Presently Exercisable Rights"). For awards of restricted stock, the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned also includes shares over which the executive officer or director may currently exercise full voting rights, regardless of whether they vest within 60 days after November 19, 2020. The inclusion herein of such shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of such shares. The Company believes that each person named in the table has sole voting power and investment power (or shares such power with his or her spouse) with respect to all shares of Common Stock or Series C Preferred Stock listed as owned by such person unless noted otherwise. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed in the table is c/o Steel Connect, Inc., 2000 Midway Lane, Smyrna, Tennessee 37167.
(2)Number of shares deemed outstanding consists of 62,793,969 shares of common stock as of November 1, 2020, plus, for computation purposes only for the person in question, any shares subject to Presently Exercisable Rights held by that person.
17


(3)
Based on information provided in the Schedule 13D filed by HNH, BNS Holding, Inc., Steel Partners, Ltd. ("SPL"), Steel Holdings, SPH Group LLC ("SPHG"), SPH Group Holdings LLC ("SPHG Holdings"), Steel Partners LLC and Warren G. Lichtenstein with the SEC on October 14, 2011 and all amendments thereto, including that certain Amendment No. 24 to Schedule 13D filed by HNH, WHX CS Corp. ("WHX CS"), SPL, Steel Holdings, SPHG, SPHG Holdings, Steel Holdings GP, Steel Excel, Inc. ("Steel Excel"), Mr. Lichtenstein and Mr. Howard filed on November 19, 2020.
SPHG Holdings directly owns 2,245,990 shares of common stock and beneficially owns an additional 17,857,143 shares of common stock underlying currently convertible Series C Preferred Stock and 6,293,707 shares of common stock underlying the currently convertible SPHG Note (as defined below) owned directly by SPHG Holdings (a Presently Exercisable Right). Steel Holdings owns 99% of the membership interests of SPHG. SPHG is the sole member of SPHG Holdings. Steel Holdings GP is the general partner of Steel Holdings, the managing member of SPHG and the manager of SPHG Holdings. Accordingly, by virtue the relationships discussed above, each of Steel Holdings, SPHG and Steel Holdings GP may be deemed to beneficially own, and share voting and dispositive power over, the shares of common stock owned directly by SPHG Holdings. Each of SPHG, Steel Holdings and Steel Holdings GP disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned directly by SPHG Holdings except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.
HNH directly owns 2,496,545 shares of common stock. SPHG Holdings owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Steel Excel. Steel Excel owns 100% of the outstanding shares of HNH. Steel Holdings owns 99% of the membership interests of SPHG. SPHG is the sole member of SPHG Holdings. Steel Holdings GP is the general partner of Steel Holdings, the managing member of SPHG and the manager of SPHG Holdings. Accordingly, by virtue of the relationships described above, each of SPHG Holdings, Steel Holdings, SPHG, Steel Holdings GP and Steel Excel may be deemed to beneficially own, and share voting and dispositive power over, the shares of common stock owned directly by HNH. Each of SPHG Holdings, Steel Holdings, SPHG, Steel Excel and Steel Holdings GP disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned directly by HNH.
WHX CS directly owns 5,940,170 shares of common stock. HNH owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WHX CS, and SPHG Holdings owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Steel Excel, and Steel Excel owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of HNH. Steel Holdings owns 99% of the membership interests of SPHG. SPHG is the sole member of SPHG Holdings. Steel Holdings GP is the general partner of Steel Holdings, the managing member of SPHG and the manager of SPHG Holdings. Accordingly, by virtue of the relationships described above, each of HNH, SPHG Holdings, Steel Holdings, SPHG, Steel Excel and Steel Holdings GP may be deemed to beneficially own, and share voting and dispositive power over, the shares of common stock owned directly by WHX CS. Each of HNH, SPHG Holdings, Steel Holdings, SPHG, Steel Excel and Steel Holdings GP disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned directly by WHX CS.
Steel Holdings directly owns 7,500,000 shares of common stock. As the general partner of Steel Holdings, Steel Holdings GP may be deemed to beneficially own, and share voting and dispositive power over, the shares of common stock owned directly by Steel Holdings.
According to filings made pursuant to Section 13(d) and 16 of the Exchange Act, Messrs. Lichtenstein and Howard were members of a Section 13(d) group with respect the shares of common stock described in this Footnote 3, pursuant to which they collectively own 54.5% of our outstanding shares of common stock. For more information, see Footnotes 7 and 9.
(4)Mr. Fenton directly owns 282,272 shares of common stock. On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Fenton 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Fenton remains a director on such vesting date.
(5)Mr. Kassan directly owns 236,516 shares of common stock. On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Kassan 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Kassan remains a director on such vesting date.
18


(6)On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Ms. Molland 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Ms. Molland remains a director on such vesting date.
(7)
Mr. Lichtenstein directly owns 3,305,587 shares of common stock. The reported number also includes 60,000 shares of common stock owned directly by SPL, of which Mr. Lichtenstein is the Chief Executive Officer and a control person. Accordingly, by virtue of the Mr. Lichtenstein's relationship with SPL, Mr. Lichtenstein may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock of the Company owned directly by SPL. Mr. Lichtenstein disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of the Company owned directly by SPL except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. On December 15, 2017, the Company awarded Mr. Lichtenstein restricted stock grants and market performance-based restricted stock grants of which 300,000 shares of restricted stock will vest in their entirety, on the day the price of the Company's common stock shall have closed at or above $2.50 per share for any five consecutive business days after the grant date, subject to Mr. Lichtenstein's continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the vesting date. For more information, see "ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION - Director Compensation." On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Lichtenstein 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Lichtenstein remains a director on such vesting date. Mr. Lichtenstein is a member of the Section 13(d) group described in Footnote 3 above. Mr. Lichtenstein disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of the Company owned directly by the other members of the Section 13(d) group except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(8)Mr. Wald directly owns 254,761 shares of common stock. On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Wald 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Wald remains a director on such vesting date.
(9)
Mr. Howard directly owns 1,665,850 shares of common stock. On December 15, 2017, the Company awarded Mr. Howard restricted stock grants and market performance-based restricted stock grants of which 150,000 shares of restricted stock will vest in their entirety, on the day the price of the Company's common stock shall have closed at or above $2.50 per share for any five consecutive business days after the grant date, subject to Mr. Howard's continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the vesting date. For more information, see "ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION - Director Compensation." On January 2, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Howard 65,789 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2015 Director Compensation Plan that vest on January 2, 2021, provided that Mr. Howard remains a director on such vesting date. Mr. Howard is a member of the Section 13(d) group described in Footnote 3. Mr. Howard disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of the Company owned directly by the other members of the Section 13(d) group except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(10)
On October 23, 2020, the Company awarded Ms. Simril 31,963 shares of restricted stock (representing a pro-rated annual grant of $100,000) that vest on October 23, 2021, provided that Ms. Simril remains a director on such vesting date.
(11)On July 1, 2020, the Company awarded Mr. Ashe 400,000 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the Company's 2010 Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the award, 50% of the restricted stock will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 50% of which will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Ashe's continuous service with the Company through the vesting date.
(12)
Consists of 6,600,105 shares of common stock held as of November 19, 2020 by all current Executive Officers, which includes Douglas B. Woodworth, Joseph B. Sherk, John Ashe, Fawaz Khalil (100,000 shares of restricted stock) and Warren G. Lichtenstein (who is also a Director), and all Directors. For more information on our Executive Officers, see "ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Information about our Executive Officers."
19


Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’sCompany's equity compensation plans as of July 31, 2018:

   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   2,103,144   $1.71    4,929,789(1)  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(2)

   —     $—      —   
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

   2,103,144   $1.71    4,929,789 
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

2020:
(a)(b)(c)
NameNumber of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders1,549,134$0.55 
8,734,038(1)(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders$— 
Total1,549,134$0.55 8,734,038

(1)

Includes:

125,954 shares available for issuance under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

·
Approximately 87,000 shares available for issuance under the Company's Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

4,803,835 shares available for issuance under the Company’s 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended April 12, 2018.

·
8,646,038 shares available for issuance under the Company's 2020 Incentive Plan.
(2)

In March 2002, the Board of Directors adopted the 2002Non-officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), which was adopted without the approval of our security holders. Pursuant to the 2002 Plan, 415,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance (subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits and other similar events). In May 2002, the Board of

Directors approved an amendment to the 2002 Plan in which the total shares availableNo additional grants may be issued under the plan were increased to 1,915,000. Under the 2002 Plan,non-statutory stock options or restricted stock awards were granted to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees, other than those who were also officers or directors, as defined. In connection with the adoption of the 2010 Incentive Award Plan on December 8, 2010, equitywhich was replaced by the 2020 Incentive Plan. Any awards that are no longer grantedoutstanding under the 2002 Plan.2010 Incentive Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of such plan.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
We describe in this section all reportable related person transactions to which we were or have been party since August 1, 2018. As of November 19, 2020, Steel Holdings and its affiliates, including two of our directors who were members of a Section 13(d) group with these affiliated entities, beneficially owned approximately 54.5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, including shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the SPHG Note (as defined below). For more information, see "

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS." Mr. Lichtenstein, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Chairman of our Board, is also the Executive Chairman of Steel Holdings GP. Mr. Howard, a member of our Board, is the President and a director of Steel Holdings GP.

SPHG Note Transaction
On February 28, 2019, the Company entered into that certain 7.50% Convertible Senior Note Due 2024 Purchase Agreement with SPHG Holdings, whereby SPHG Holdings agreed to loan the Company $14.9 million in exchange for a 7.50% Convertible Senior Note (the "SPHG Note") in the amount of $14.9 million, due 2024, issued to SPHG Holdings (the "SPHG Note Transaction"). The SPHG Note bears interest at the rate of 7.50% per year,
20


payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2019. As of July 31, 2020, the Company had made interest payments in the amounts of $1.1 million and had $14.9 million aggregate principal amount remained outstanding. The SPHG Note will mature on March 1, 2024, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted by the holder in accordance with its terms prior to such maturity date.
The SPHG Note is convertible into shares of the Company's common stock at an initial conversion rate of 421.2655 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the SPHG Note (which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $2.37 per share), subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events. The initial conversion price represents a conversion premium of 25% over the volume weighted average price of the Company's common stock for the 20 trading days ending February 27, 2019.
SPHG Holdings has the right to require the Company to repurchase the SPHG Note upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, subject to certain conditions, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the SPHG Note plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company will have the right to elect to cause the mandatory conversion of the SPHG Note in whole, and not in part, at any time on or after March 6, 2022, subject to certain conditions including that the stock price of the Company exceeds a certain threshold.
Our Board established a special committee (the "Special Committee"), consisting solely of independent directors not affiliated with SPHG Holdings, to review and consider a financing transaction including a transaction with SPHG Holdings. The terms and conditions of the SPHG Note Transaction were determined by the Special Committee to be fair and in the best interests of the Company, and the Special Committee recommended that the Board approve the SPHG Note Transaction and the transactions contemplated thereby. See Note 7, "Debt - 7.50% Convertible Senior Note" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II of the Original Form 10-K.
Management Services Agreements
On December 24, 2014, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with SP Corporate Services LLC ("SP Corporate"), effective as of January 1, 2015 (as amended, the "2015 Management Services Agreement"). SP Corporate, and its successor, Steel Services, is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings and is a related party. Pursuant to this agreement, SP Corporate provided the Company and its subsidiaries with the services of certain employees, including certain executive officers and other corporate services.
On June 14, 2019, the Company entered into a new management services agreement (the "2019 Management Services Agreement") with Steel Services, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Steel Holdings, effective as of June 1, 2019. The 2019 Management Services Agreement superseded all prior agreements between the Company and Steel Services, including the 2015 Management Services Agreement. Pursuant to the 2019 Management Services Agreement, Steel Services provides the Company and its subsidiaries with the non-exclusive services of a person or people to serve in various positions or functions, and perform duties normally associated with those specific or substantially equivalent positions or functions for the Company, including: legal and environmental health & safety, finance and treasury, human resources, lean, internal audit, mergers and acquisitions, and information requiredtechnology (the "Services").
The 2019 Management Services Agreement provides that the Company will pay Steel Services a fixed monthly fee of $282,800 in consideration of the Services and will reimburse Steel Services and its representatives for all reasonable expenses incurred in providing the Services. Additionally, Steel Services shall, to the extent legally permissible, earn a reasonable success fee to be mutually agreed upon by this Itemthe parties for any acquisition, divestiture, or financing transaction completed by the Company during the term of the 2019 Management Services Agreement.
The 2019 Management Services Agreement was renewed for an additional one-year period on December 31, 2019 and will automatically renew for successive one-year periods (each such period, a "Term") unless and until terminated (i) by either party, effective on the last day of the current Term, upon not less than ninety days prior written notice to the other; (ii) by the Company, at any time, on less than 90 days' notice; provided that, in the case of (i) or (ii) the Company pays a termination fee to Steel Services as provided in the Management Services
21


Agreement, which fee shall equal 125% of the fees due under the 2019 Management Services Agreement from and including the termination date until the 90th day following the date of such termination; (iii) immediately upon the bankruptcy or dissolution of Steel Services; (iv) promptly by the Company upon a material breach of the 2019 Management Services Agreement by Steel Services; or (iv) immediately by the Company for Cause (as defined in the 2019 Management Services Agreement).
A special committee of the Board comprised entirely of independent directors having no affiliation with SP Corporate or its affiliates, approved the entry into the 2015 Management Services Agreement, and the first two amendments to the 2015 Management Services Agreement. The Audit Committee approved the third amendment to the 2015 Management Services Agreement.
In April 2019, the Board authorized a special committee, which consists solely of independent directors not affiliated with Steel Holdings or its affiliates, to review, negotiate, approve or reject transactions between the Company and Steel Holdings or its affiliates. The special committee reviewed, considered and recommended for approval by the Board the 2019 Management Services Agreement, which was subsequently approved by the Board with directors affiliated with Steel Services or its affiliates abstaining. In performing the Services, Steel Services will be containedsubject to the supervision and control of the special committee and will report to the special committee and/or such other person designated by the special committee.
Total expenses incurred related to the 2019 Management Services Agreement for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020 totaled $3.4 million, and total expenses incurred related to the 2015 Management Services Agreement and the 2019 Management Services Agreement for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 totaled $1.8 million. As of July 31, 2020 and 2019, amounts due to Steel Services were $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
Air Travel
During the twelve months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company reimbursed SP General Service, LLC for air travel in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which was primarily related to services provided under the 2015 Management Services Agreement and the 2019 Management Services Agreement with respect to implementing efficiency improvements at IWCO.
Other
ModusLink sold certain idle, excess equipment to a subsidiary of Steel Holdings in June 2019 for $0.1 million.
Director Independence
Board Independence
The Board has determined that each of Jeffrey J. Fenton, Maria U. Molland, Renata Simril and Jeffrey S. Wald, satisfy the criteria for being an "independent director" under the standards of Nasdaq and has no material relationship with the Company other than by virtue of his or her service on the Board. A full list of current Directors is set forth above under "ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Information about our Definitive Proxy StatementDirectors."
Committee Independence
The Audit Committee currently consists of Jeffrey J. Fenton, Renata Simril, and Jeffrey S. Wald, as chairman, each of whom is incorporatedindependent as defined in this reportapplicable Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Jeffrey J. Fenton, as chairman, and Maria U. Molland, each of whom is an independent director as determined in accordance with the Compensation Committee charter and applicable Nasdaq rules. The Governance Committee currently consists of Jeffrey S. Wald and Maria U. Molland, as chairwoman, each of whom is independent as defined in applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
22


Additionally, prior to his passing in December 2019, Mr. Lengyel served on all three committees and was independent as determined in accordance with the applicable charters and SEC and Nasdaq rules.
Controlled Company Status
Steel Holdings and its affiliates, including Messrs. Howard and Lichtenstein, beneficially own as of November 19, 2020 approximately 54.5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, which includes shares of common stock underlying currently convertible Series C Preferred Stock and the SPHG Note.
As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of Rule 5615(c) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by reference.

an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including: (i) the requirement that a majority of the Board consist of independent directors; (ii) the requirement that we have director nominees selected or recommended for the Board's selection, either by a majority vote of only the independent directors or by a nomination committee comprised solely of independent directors, with a written charter or Board resolution addressing the nominations process; and (iii) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities. A majority of our Board is currently independent, and each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Governance Committee is fully independent and has its own charter. As such, we do not currently rely on any of these exemptions, although we may elect to do so in the future.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information requiredfollowing table presents fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by this Item willthe Company's independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2020 and 2019:
Fee CategoryFiscal 2020 FeesFiscal 2019 Fees
Audit Fees(1)
$2,105,377$3,262,453
Audit-Related Fees(2)
16,50044,940
Tax Fees--
All Other Fees--
Total Fees$2,121,877$3,307,393

(1)
Audit Fees. Audit fees for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports, services that are normally provided by the Company’s auditors in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)
Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under "Audit Fees." Those audit-related services for Fiscal 2020 and 2019 include audits of an employee benefit plan.
Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Audit Committee's policy is to pre-approve all audit services to be contained in our Definitive Proxy Statementprovided by the Company's independent registered public accounting firm or other firms, and all non-audit services to be provided by the Company's independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is incorporatedgenerally subject to a specific budget. The Company's independent registered public accounting firm and management are required to periodically report to the
23


Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with this reportpre-approval and the fees for the services performed to date. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, all services rendered by reference.

BDO USA, LLP to the Company were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

The financial statements listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this report.

(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.

(a) 3. Exhibits.

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed, furnished or incorporated by reference in this report.


24


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

24.1
  2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 15, 2017, by and among ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., MLGS Merger Company, Inc., IWCO Direct Holdings Inc., CSC Shareholder Services, LLC (solely in its capacity as representative), and the stockholders of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 19, 2017. Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of RegulationS-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementary copies of any of the omitted schedules or exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  3.1Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated September 26, 2008.
  3.2Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 18, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on October 18, 2011.
  3.3Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 22, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 22, 2012.
  3.4Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., as currently in effect, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on June 23, 2014.
  3.5Certificate of Elimination of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., dated March 26, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 26, 2013.
  3.6Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 29, 2014, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 5, 2015.
  3.7Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. (Effecting the Reverse Split), filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 16, 2015, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 22, 2015.
  3.8Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. (Effecting the Forward Split), filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 16, 2015, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 22, 2015.
  3.9Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 15, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 19, 2017.
  3.10Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 19, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 19, 2018.
  3.11Certificate of Ownership and Merger filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 20, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-Kfiled on February 26, 2018 .
  3.12Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on April 16, 2018.
  4.1Specimen stock certificate representing the Registrant’s Common Stock, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 22, 2015.
  4.2Tax Benefit Preservation Plan, dated as of October  17, 2011, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, LLC, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A, the Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares as Exhibit C is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on October 18, 2011.


  4.3Amendment No. 1, dated as of March  21, 2012 to Tax Benefit Preservation Plan, dated as of October 17, 2011, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 22, 2012.
  4.4Amendment No. 2 to Tax Benefit Preservation Plan, dated as of October  14, 2014, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on October 14, 2014.
  4.5Amendment No. 3, dated December  31, 2014, to Tax Benefit Preservation Plan between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 5, 2015.
  4.6Rights Agreement, dated as of March  21, 2012, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, LLC, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designations of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A, the Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares as Exhibit C is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 22, 2012.
  4.7Amendment No. 1, dated as of February  11, 2013 to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 13, 2013.
  4.8Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of January 19, 2018, by and between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 19, 2018.
 10.1*Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended by Amendment No.  1 and Amendment No. 2 thereto, is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix II to the Registrant’s Definitive Schedule 14A filed on November 16, 2001.
 10.2*Amendment No.  3 to Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January  31, 2006.
 10.3*Amendment No.  4 to Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October  31, 2008.
 10.4*Amendment No.  5 to Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix I to the Registrant’s Definitive Schedule 14A filed on October 23, 2009.
 10.5*2002Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2002.
 10.6*Amendment No.  1 to 2002Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2002.
 10.7*Amendment No.  2 to 2002Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated July 23, 2007.
 10.8*Amendment No.  3 to 2002Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2008.
 10.9*2005Non-Employee Director Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix V to the Registrant’s Definitive Schedule 14A filed on November 7, 2005.
 10.10*Amendment No.  1 to 2005Non-Employee Director Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2008.
 10.11*Amendment No.  2 to ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. 2005Non-Employee Director Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010.
 10.12*Amendment No.  3 to ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. 2005Non-Employee Director Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2011.
 10.13*Form ofNon-Statutory Stock Option Agreement for usage under the Registrant’s 2005Non-Employee Director Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006.


 10.14*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix I to the Registrant’s Definitive Schedule 14A filed on October 26, 2010.
 10.15*Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Granted Under 2010 Incentive Award Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 8, 2010.
 10.16*Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted Under 2010 Incentive Award Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 8, 2010.
 10.17*Form of 2010 Incentive Award PlanNon-Statutory Stock Option Certificate is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 8, 2010.
 10.18*Form of 2010 Incentive Award Plan Incentive Stock Option Certificate is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 8, 2010.
 10.19*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Director Compensation Plan, dated as of December 20, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2016.
 10.20*Offer Letter, dated August  1, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Scott R. Crawley is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July  31, 2012.
 10.21*Executive Severance Agreement, dated August  29, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Scott R. Crawley is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July  31, 2012.
 10.22*First Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement, dated July  30, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Scott R.  Crawley is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012.
 10.23*Retention Bonus Letter Agreement, dated July  19, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Scott R. Crawley is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July  31, 2012.
 10.24*Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (executed by the Registrant and each member of the Board of Directors) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1998.
 10.25*Form of Indemnification Agreement (executed by the Registrant and each member of the Executive Officers) dated December 17, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2009.
 10.26Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February  1, 2010, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank and HSBC Business Credit (USA) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2010.
 10.27First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March  10, 2011, and effective as of January  31, 2011, by and among the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank and HSBC Business Credit (USA) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2011.
 10.28Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January  31, 2012, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank and HSBC USA, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2012.
 10.29Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Forbearance Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2012, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., Silicon Valley Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on August 21, 2012.
 10.30Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February  1, 2010, by and among the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2010.


 10.31Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of February  1, 2010, issued by the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries to Bank of America, N.A. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2010.
 10.32Revolving Credit Note, dated as of February  1, 2010, issued by the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries to Silicon Valley Bank is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2010.
 10.33Revolving Credit Note, dated as of February  1, 2010, issued by the Registrant and certain of its subsidiaries to HSBC Business Credit (USA) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2010.
 10.34*Offer Letter, dated as of January  13, 2013, from ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. to John J. Boucher is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January 17, 2013.
 10.35*Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of January  28, 2013, by and between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and John J. Boucher is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January  31, 2013.
 10.36Investment Agreement, dated February  11, 2013, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and Steel Partners Holdings, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 13, 2013.
 10.37Settlement Agreement, dated February  11, 2013, among ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., Handy & Harman, Ltd. and certain of its affiliates party thereto is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 13, 2013.
 10.38Amendment No. 1 to Settlement Agreement, dated January  5, 2015, between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and Handy & Harman Ltd., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on January  5, 2015.
 10.39*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. FY2014 Executive Management Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on November 8, 2013.
 10.40*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. FY2014 Performance Based Restricted Stock Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on November 8, 2013.
 10.41*Offer Letter from ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. to Alan Cormier entered into December 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 26, 2013.
 10.42*Executive Severance Agreement by and between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and Alan Cormier, dated as of December 23, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 13, 2013.
 10.43Credit Agreement, dated as of October  31, 2012, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on November 1, 2012.
 10.44Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of October  31, 2012, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on November 1, 2012.
 10.45First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December  18, 2013, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2014.
 10.46Indenture, dated as of March  18, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March  18, 2014.
 10.47Form of 5.25% Convertible Senior Note due 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 18, 2014.
 10.48Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March  13, 2014, between the Registrant, ModusLink Corporation, and ModusLink PTS, Inc., the financial institutions identified on the signature pages thereto as lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as administrative agent for the lenders, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on March 18, 2014.


 10.49Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March  25, 2014, by and among the Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2014.
 10.50Credit Agreement by and among ModusLink Corporation and ModusLink PTS, Inc., certain subsidiaries thereof, and PNC Bank, National Association, dated as of June 30, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on July 7, 2014.
 10.51*Management Services Agreement, dated as of January  1, 2015, by and between SP Corporate Services LLC and ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 31, 2014.
 10.52*Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of June  29, 2015, by and between SP Corporate Services LLC and ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on July 1, 2015.
 10.53*Second Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of March  10, 2016, by and between SPH Services, Inc. and ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q filed on March  11, 2016.
 10.54*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. FY 2015 Management Incentive Plan, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on April 4, 2015.
 10.55*ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. FY 2015 Performance Based Restricted Stock Plan, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on April 4, 2015.
 10.56*Transfer Agreement, dated March  10, 2016, by and between SPH Services, Inc. and ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. is incorporated is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm  10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2016.
 10.57*Offer Letter, dated April  13, 2016, by and among ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., ModusLink Corporation and James R. Henderson, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form8-K/A filed April 18, 2016.
 10.58Letter Agreement, dated July  21, 2016, by and among ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc., Highbridge International LLC and Highbridge Tactical Credit & Convertibles Master Fund, L.P., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form8-K filed July 27, 2016.
 10.59Offer Letter, dated June  17, 2016, by and among the Company and Louis J. Belardi is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form8-K filed June 20, 2016.
 10.60Third Amendment to Management Services Agreement, effective as of September 1, 2017, by and between Steel Services Ltd. and ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on August 29, 2017.
 10.61ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. FY 2018 Management Incentive Plan, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form10-K filed on October 16, 2018.
 10.62*Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted Under 2010 Incentive Award Plan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form8-K filed October 5, 2017.
 10.63Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October  5, 2017, between ModusLink Pte. Ltd. and Far East Group Limited, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q filed on March 15, 2018.
 10.64Financing Agreement dated as of December 15, 2017, by and among IWCO Direct Holdings Inc., MLGS Merger Company, Inc., Instant Web, LLC, certain subsidiaries of IWCO Direct Holdings Inc. identified on the signature pages thereto, the lenders from time to time party hereto, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the lenders, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 19, 2017.
 10.65Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 15, 2017, by and between ModusLink Global Solutions, Inc. and SPH Group Holdings LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on December 19, 2017.
 10.66Waiver and Amendment No.  1 to Financing Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form8-K filed on May 10, 2018.


 10.67Steel Connect, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended, April  12, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q filed on June 18, 2018.
10.68*/**Form of Award Agreement Granted Under 2010 Incentive Award Plan between the Company and each of Messrs. Lichtenstein, Howard and Fejes during the second quarter of the 2018 fiscal year.
10.69*/**Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Granted Under 2010 Incentive Award Plan entered into in connection with annual awards of restricted stock to directors pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Director Compensation Plan.
  21**Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1**Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
 24.1**Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Annual Reportthe Original Form 10-K (File No. 001-35319) filed with the SEC on Form10-K)September 30, 2020).
24.2**
 31.1*31.3**
 31.2*31.4**

____________________
 32.1‡Certification of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 32.2‡Certification of the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101**Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T: (i) Audited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2018, (ii) Audited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Twelve Months ended July 31, 2018, (iii) Audited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Twelve Months ended July 31, 2018 and (iv) Notes to Audited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed in response to Item 15(a)(3) of the instructions toForm 10-K.

**

Filed herewith.

Furnished herewith.


25


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: November 30, 2020
STEEL CONNECT, INC.
Date: December 3, 2018By:/S/    JAMES R. HENDERSON        s/ Douglas B. Woodworth
James R. HendersonDouglas B. Woodworth
President and Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints jointly and severally, Glen M. Kassan and James R. Henderson, or either of them as his or her true and lawfulattorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Annual Report on Form10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that saidattorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the date indicated.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrantregistrant and in the capacities and on the datesdate indicated.

26


Signature

Title

Title

Date

/S/    JAMES R HENDERSON        

James R. Henderson

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

December 3, 2018
*

/S/    LOUIS J. BELARDI        

Louis J. Belardi

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

December 3, 2018

/S/    JEFFREY J. FENTON        

Jeffrey J. Fenton

Director

December 3, 2018

/S/    GLEN M. KASSAN        

Glen M. Kassan

Director

December 3, 2018

/S/    PHILIP E. LENGYEL        

Philip E. Lengyel

Director

December 3, 2018

/S/    WARREN G. LICHTENSTEIN        

Warren G. Lichtenstein

Interim Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer), Executive Chairman of the Board and Director

December 3, 2018November 30, 2020

/S/    JEFFREY S. WALD        

Jeffrey S. Wald

s/ Douglas B. Woodworth

Director

Douglas B. Woodworth
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
December 3, 2018November 30, 2020

/S/    JACK L. HOWARD        

Jack L. Howard

*

Director

Joseph B. SherkSenior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)December 3, 2018November 30, 2020

/S/    WILLIAM T. FEJES, JR.        

William T. Fejes, Jr.

*

Director

Jeffrey J. FentonDirectorDecember 3, 2018November 30, 2020
*
Glen M. KassanVice Chairman and DirectorNovember 30, 2020
*
Maria U. MollandDirectorNovember 30, 2020
*
Jeffrey S. WaldDirectorNovember 30, 2020
*
Jack L. HowardDirectorNovember 30, 2020
*
Renata SimrilDirectorNovember 30, 2020

109

*By /s/ Douglas B. Woodworth
Douglas B. Woodworth, Attorney-in-fact
27